Initial commit of ebook 77611 filesHEADmain

1 files changed, 9041 insertions, 0 deletions

diff --git a/77611-0.txt b/77611-0.txt
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..caa41e9
--- /dev/null
+++ b/77611-0.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,9041 @@
+*** START OF THE PROJECT GUTENBERG EBOOK 77611 ***
+
+
+
+
+Transcriber’s note
+
+Variable spelling and hyphenation have been retained. Minor punctuation
+inconsistencies have been silently repaired. A list of the changes made
+can be found at the end of the book. Formatting and special characters
+are indicated as follows:
+
+  _italics_
+  =bold=
+
+
+
+
+                  COURSES OF STUDY IN LIBRARY SCIENCE
+                               BEING THE
+                  ASSISTANTS’ GUIDE TO LIBRARIANSHIP.
+                                  _BY_
+                     REGINALD G. WILLIAMS, F.L.A.,
+              _Deputy Librarian, Bolton Public Libraries_.
+
+_Author of “The Great Civil War: a Graded Course of Reading;” “Writers
+of the Nineteenth Century;” “The French Revolution, 1789-1795; a Graded
+Course of Reading;” “A Manual of Book Selection for the Librarian and
+Book-Lover,” Etc., Joint Author, “The Librarians’ Guide,” Etc._
+
+_SECOND REVISED AND ENLARGED EDITION._
+
+COPYRIGHT.
+
+  THE CENTRAL PRESS
+  (_Hopkins & Sons_)
+  BOLTON
+
+  Sole English Agents:      |  Sole American Agents:
+                            |
+  MESSRS. GRAFTON & CO.,    |
+  Coptic House,             |  MESSRS. R. R. BOWKER CO.,
+  51, Great Russell Street, |  62, West 45th Street,
+  LONDON, W.C.              |  NEW YORK.
+                           1926.
+
+
+
+
+WE ARE
+
+Library & University Agents, Export Booksellers
+
+? ARE YOU REQUIRING ANY
+
+  BOOKS
+  MAGAZINES
+  DAILY OR WEEKLY PAPERS
+      or
+  ANY OTHER PUBLICATIONS?
+
+IF SO, SEND TO US.
+
+Personal attention given to all Orders, however small.
+
+Shipments made.
+
+1st Editions obtained on publication and sent to order.
+
+Continuation Orders. Further Volumes or Parts (of Books already
+supplied) sent on publication.
+
+  C. D. Cazenove & Son,
+
+  12-13, Henrietta Street,
+  Covent Garden, LONDON, W.C.2.,
+  ENGLAND.
+
+  Telegraphic and              Telephone:
+  Cable Address:
+  EIKON, LONDON.               GERHARD 4060.
+
+  ESTABLISHED 1868.
+
+
+
+
+CONTENTS
+
+
+                                                         PAGE.
+
+  Preface                                                  ix.
+  General Text and Reference Books. Periodicals             1
+  Course 1. Practical Bibliography                          3
+     ”   2. Book Selection                                 29
+     ”   3. Classification                                 76
+     ”   4. Cataloguing                                    88
+     ”   5. English Literary History                      114
+     ”   6. Library and Museum Legislation, Organisation
+            and Equipment                                 150
+     ”   7. Library Administration                        169
+     ”   8. History of Libraries                          190
+
+
+
+
+_To the MEMORY of THE AUTHOR who died at Bolton, March 11th, 1926._
+
+
+
+
+PREFACE
+
+
+THESE courses of study have been compiled mainly for the use of
+Library Assistants all over the world who wish to make themselves more
+efficient in the technical side of their profession, and to aid them in
+securing the professional certificates awarded by the examining bodies
+for proficiency in Library Science. They make no pretence to satisfy
+the needs of the specialist in any of the selected subjects, but the
+author assures students that each course covers sufficient ground to
+enable them to pass the examinations if they will work diligently and
+well throughout the course.
+
+The first edition of this work was out of print within eighteen months
+of publication. This is sufficient testimony that the work has been
+well received, and has proved very popular with the student members of
+the profession. This edition has been completely revised and brought up
+to date.
+
+The amount of time to be devoted to each lesson will depend on the
+individual, but it is essential that the prescribed reading lists
+should be read carefully before attempting any answers. These lists
+could easily be amplified, but the difficulty has been to keep them
+within reasonable length and at the same time representative. A large
+number of American journals are included at the special request of
+American and Colonial students.
+
+
+  [Illustration:
+  Correspondence Tuition for LIBRARY ASSOCIATION EXAMINATIONS by
+  Experienced Librarians.
+
+  Fees moderate.
+
+  The Courses will cover the whole of the syllabus of the Examination.
+  Studies can be started at any time and spread over the period until
+  the date of the examination.
+
+  A special discount is allowed to members of N.A.L.G.O. Fees can be
+  paid by instalments if desired--a small extra percentage is charged
+  for this method of payment.
+
+  =For further particulars and enrolment form send stamped addressed
+  envelope to the General Secretary, N.C.I., Caxton Hall, Westminster,
+  S.W.1.=]
+
+Most students will find the practice of taking notes, and representing
+in their own words a summary of what has been read, to be most helpful.
+These notes should be compared with the text to ensure that essential
+points have not been missed. The questions and tests should be answered
+without the aid of text books or notes.
+
+I gladly avail myself of the opportunity to express my gratitude to
+my wife for her help and valuable suggestions, my indebtedness to Mr.
+James Cranshaw, for his contribution on English Literary History;
+to the large number of Librarians and Assistants who have written
+appreciative letters to me, and to Mr. H. Hamer, F.L.A., for looking
+over the manuscript and proof, but responsibility for any mistakes is
+mine.
+
+  REGINALD G. WILLIAMS.
+
+  Astley Bridge,
+  Bolton.
+  23rd January, 1926.
+
+[Illustration]
+
+
+
+
+Grafton Books for Librarians
+
+_SUPPLEMENTARY TO THE GENERAL CATALOGUE_.
+
+A Manual of Classification
+
+  A Handbook of the Rules and methods of applying classification to
+  Books, Shelves, Files and other matters, by W. C. Berwick Sayers.
+  Demy 8vo. Cloth. Illustrated
+
+    =Price £1 10s. 0d. net.=
+
+The Theory of Book Selection for Public Libraries
+
+  By Lionel R. McColvin. Cr. 8vo. Cloth, pp. 190.
+
+    =Price 7s. 6d. net.=
+
+The Public Library
+
+  By Ernest A. Baker, D.Litt. Demy 8vo. Cloth. Illustrated, pp. 246.
+
+    =Price 10s. 6d. net.=
+
+County Library Service
+
+  By Harriet Catherine Long. Demy 8vo. Cloth. Illustrated, pp. 206.
+  Chicago: American Library Association. London: Grafton & Co.
+
+    =Price 10s. 0d. net.=
+
+The Library and the Community
+
+  Increased Book Service through Library Publicity based on Community
+  Studies. By Joseph L. Wheeler. Illustrated. Demy 8vo. Cloth. pp. 418.
+  Chicago: American Library Association. London: Grafton & Co.
+
+    =Price 17s. 6d. net.=
+
+Library Buildings
+
+  Notes and Plans. By Chalmers Hadley. Demy 8vo. Cloth. pp. 154.
+  Chicago: American Library Association. London: Grafton & Co.
+
+    =Price 17s. 6d. net.=
+
+Wynkyn de Worde and his contemporaries
+
+  From the death of Caxton to 1535. A chapter in English Printing. By
+  Henry R. Plomer. Cr. 4to. Buckram, Gilt Top. pp. 250. Illustrated.
+  Limited to 1,000 copies.
+
+    =Price £1 1s. 0d. net.=
+
+  GRAFTON & CO.
+  Coptic House, 51 Gt. Russell Street
+  LONDON, W.C. 1.
+
+
+
+
+COURSES OF STUDY IN LIBRARY SCIENCE
+
+
+GENERAL TEXT AND REFERENCE BOOKS
+
+
+American Library Association--Manual of library economy. _Preprints
+Nos. 1-32. A.L.A., also Grafton & Co., 1s. 6d. each._
+
+Brown (J. D.)--Manual of library economy, _revised edition, 1907. O.P._
+
+_or The third edition revised by W. C. B. Sayers. Grafton, 1919. 30s._
+
+Cannons (H. G. T.)--Bibliography of library economy, 1876-1909.
+_Russell & Co., 1910. O.P._
+
+_A revised edition is in preparation, and will be published by the
+American Library Association at an early date._
+
+Encyclopædia Britannica; or, any other good encyclopædia. _Articles on
+Books, Libraries, Printing, etc._
+
+Friedel (J. H.)--Training for librarianship: library work as a career.
+_Lippincott’s Training Series. Lippincott: Philadelphia, 1921. 7s. 6d._
+
+Library Association--Syllabus of information on facilities for training
+in librarianship and the professional examinations. _Various issues
+from 1894, 1904, 1907 and then periodically. Library Association. 2s.
+6d._
+
+
+PERIODICALS.
+
+Librarian and Book World, _1910 to date. Monthly. Gravesend._
+
+The Library, _1889-1919_ (_continued as_ “The Transactions of the
+Bibliographical Society: The Library”). _Quarterly. London._
+
+Library Assistant, _1898 to date. Monthly. London._
+
+Library Association Record, _1899 to date. Quarterly. London._
+
+Library Journal, _1876 to date. Monthly. New York._
+
+Library World, _1898 to date. Monthly. London._
+
+Ontario Library Review, _1916 to date. Quarterly. Toronto._
+
+Public Libraries, _1896 to date. Monthly. Chicago._
+
+_Note_: Cannons’s “Bibliography of library economy” indexes the above
+periodicals from _1876-1909_.
+
+
+Abbreviations.
+
+  _A.L.A._           American Library Association.
+  _L._               Library.
+  _L.A._             Library Assistant.
+  _L. & B.W._        Librarian and Book World.
+  _L.A.R._           Library Association Record.
+  _L.J._             Library Journal.
+  _L.W._             Library World.
+  _Ont. Lib. Rev._   Ontario Library Review.
+  _P.L._             Public Libraries.
+  _Trans. Bib. Soc._ Transactions of the Bibliographical Society.
+
+
+COURSE ONE--PRACTICAL BIBLIOGRAPHY.
+
+This course covers the collation and description of books which
+includes the irregularities found in the make-up of early books. The
+collation by quires, by the aid of water-marks, signatures, catchwords,
+blank pages, etc. Parts of a modern book. Difficulties in ascertaining
+when books are perfect. What constitutes a new issue, a new edition,
+a reprint. Forms of bibliographical descriptions and the essentials
+of standard descriptions of various classes of books. Then we pass on
+to the requisites of standard book production. Typography. Presswork.
+Inks. The constituents and essentials of good book paper. Objects of
+book illustration, including the advantages and disadvantages of the
+various methods in use. Library bookbinding. Materials and methods in
+use, and finally the compilation of bibliographies in which the student
+is expected to know the principles of arrangement of Author, Subject
+and Classified bibliographies, and the practical methods of compiling
+various bibliographies.
+
+
+TEXT BOOKS REQUIRED.
+
+Brown (J. D.)--Manual of practical bibliography. _The English Library.
+Routledge, 1906. Also Grafton. 3s._
+
+Brown (J. D.)--The small library. _The English Library. Routledge,
+1907. Also Grafton. 3s._
+
+Davenport (Cyril)--The book: its history and development. _Westminster
+Series. Constable, 1907. 6s._
+
+Fay (L. E.) _and_ Eaton (A. T.)--Instruction in the use of books and
+libraries. _2nd edition, revised. Faxon & Co.: Boston, 1919. Also
+Grafton. 22s. 6d._
+
+Hitchcock (F. H.), _editor_.--The building of a book: a series of
+practical articles written by experts in the various departments of
+book making and distributing. _T. W. Laurie. O.P._
+
+Jacobi (C. T.)--Printing: a practical treatise on the art of typography
+as applied more particularly to the printing of books. _6th edition,
+reprinted. Bell & Sons, 1925. 10s. 6d._
+
+Jacobi (C. T.)--Some notes on books and printing. _4th edition.
+Whittingham, 1912. 6s._
+
+Library Association--Interim Report of the Book Production Committee.
+_Library Association. 1s._
+
+Mudge (I.G.)--Bibliography. (Preprint of Manual of library economy.
+_Chapter 24_). _A.L.A. Pub. Board: Chicago, 1915, may be obtained also
+from Grafton & Co._
+
+_Note._--Other text books pertaining to specific subjects will be
+mentioned in the Lesson dealing with that subject.
+
+Take particular note of the factors and notes to be found at the end of
+each Course.
+
+
+_Lesson 1._
+
+INTRODUCTION. THEORY. UTILITY. BIBLIOGRAPHICAL TERMS.
+
+This lesson is intended to make clear to the student the derivation
+and meaning of the words bibliography and bibliographer, in their
+original and present use. The aims of bibliography. What is the ideal
+in bibliographical work? The different kinds of bibliographies in
+print. The standards of bibliographical work. The value and uses of
+bibliography in the library profession. Bibliographical terms. An
+index of the Latin names of towns in which printing was established
+during the fifteenth century, with their vernacular equivalents will be
+found on pp. _43-50_ of Peddie’s “Fifteenth-century books” and on pp.
+_163-172_ of Brown’s “Manual of practical bibliography.”
+
+_Note._--Such subjects as the histories of printing, paper-making,
+bookbinding, authorship, etc., do not come within the province of
+modern practical bibliography.
+
+
+READING LIST.
+
+Brown--Manual of practical bibliography. _pp. 1-20; 157-162._
+
+Brown--Practical bibliography. _L. (New Series). Vol. 4, 1903, pp.
+144-151. Reply by A. W. Pollard, pp. 151-162._
+
+Campbell--The bibliography of the future. _1895._
+
+Campbell--Theory of national and international bibliography. _Library
+Bureau. 1896. 10s. 6d._
+
+Duff--Early printed books. _Books about Books. K. Paul. 1893, pp.
+201-205._
+
+Clarke--Some points in practical bibliography. _L.A.R. Vol. 6. 1904,
+pp. 192-205._
+
+Encyclopædia Britannica.--Articles _Bibliography_; _Book_.
+
+Fay _and_ Eaton--Instruction in the use of books and libraries. _Chap.
+10, pp. 125-134._
+
+Feipel--Elements of bibliography. _Chicago, 1916. Passim._
+
+Ferguson--Some aspects of bibliography. _Johnstone: Edinburgh, 1900,
+pp. 1-52 (Should be read after Mudge’s book)._
+
+Greg--What is bibliography? _Trans. Bib. Soc. Vol. 12, 1911-13, pp.
+39-53._
+
+Guppy--Science of bibliography and what it embraces. _L.A.R. Vol 2,
+1900, pp. 171-175._
+
+Horne--An introduction to the study of bibliography. _2 vols. Cadell
+and Davies, 1814. Early chapters._
+
+Keogh--Practical bibliographies. _A.L.A. Bulletin. Vol. 1, 1907, pp.
+35-39._
+
+Jacobi--Some notes on books and printing. _pp. 83-96._
+
+Moth--Technical terms used in bibliographies, and by the book and
+printing trades. _Boston Book Co._: Boston, _1915. 10s._
+
+Mudge--Bibliography. _(Preprint of Manual of library economy, Chapter
+24.) This is a splendid introduction to modern practical bibliography,
+bringing in the derivation, present meaning, kinds of bibliography,
+etc._
+
+Murray--Bibliography: its scope and methods. _Maclehose, 1917. pp.
+1-20; 51-58._
+
+Parsons--Introduction to elementary bibliography. _London, 1913. Also
+in L. & B. W. Vol 3, 1912, pp. 43-47._
+
+Peddie--The bases of bibliographical research. _L.W. Vol. 25, 1922-23,
+pp. 329-331._
+
+Spofford--A book for all readers. _Putnam: New York, 1905. Chap. 27,
+pp. 459-500._
+
+
+QUESTIONS.
+
+_1._ What is bibliography? Compare the original meaning of the term
+with that of to-day.
+
+_2._ There are certain standards by which the reference value of
+bibliographies is judged: What do these standards relate to?
+
+_3._ Define the following terms:--bibliographer; codex; colophon;
+edition de luxe; format; grangerizing; index expurgatorius; incunabula;
+recto; signatures; octavo; cliché; bowdlerize.
+
+_4._ Give an account of the value of bibliography to the library
+profession.
+
+_5._ Printed bibliographies fall naturally into recognised classes.
+Name four of these classes.
+
+_6._ Discuss the field of bibliographical work for local
+bibliographical societies.
+
+
+_Lesson 2._
+
+IRREGULARITIES IN THE MAKE UP OF BOOKS. COLLATION. PARTS OF A MODERN
+BOOK. BIBLIOGRAPHICAL DESCRIPTION.
+
+The student should note carefully the various meanings of the word
+“collation,” especially in relation to bibliography as distinct from
+cataloguing. Why early printed books often resembled manuscripts. Early
+books had no title pages. Irregularities to be found in the make up
+of early printed books. Bibliographical information usually found in
+the colophon. Title pages appeared about 1480. For printers’ marks or
+devices, the student is advised to consult McKerrow’s “Printers’ and
+publishers’ devices in England and Scotland, _1485-1640_”; Plomer’s
+“English printers’ ornaments,” or “Printers’ marks,” _1893_, by
+W. Roberts. Note the importance of the value of date and place of
+publication. Why early printed books were not paged. How they should
+be collated by the aid of watermarks, catchwords, signatures, etc.
+Numbered pages began about 1470. Parts of a modern book: half-title,
+title page, dedication, preface, table of contents, list of plates or
+illustrations, errata, text, notes, appendices, index, and printer’s
+colophon. Sometimes a frontispiece may be found between the half and
+full title page. Difficulties in ascertaining if a book is perfect.
+Note the difference between a new issue, a reprint, and a new edition.
+Why prefatory pages, or introductory matter are separately numbered in
+Roman numerals. Catchwords were introduced in 1469 as a guide to the
+binder. Signatures also used as a guide to the binder. How the sizes
+of books are determined by the number of folds into which certain
+sheets of paper are divided. It is very important for the student to
+understand the different forms of bibliographical description and to
+distinguish the early forms from that applied to present day work. For
+this reason the entries in the standard bibliographies should be noted
+and compared.
+
+
+READING LIST.
+
+Aldis--The printed book. _Cambridge Univ. Press, 1916, pp. 1-27._
+
+Blades--On signatures in old books. _L. Vol. 1, 1889, pp. 121-131._
+
+Brown--Manual of practical bibliography. _pp. 21-58; 87-97._
+
+Clarke--The modern book. _L.A. Vol. 7, 1910, pp. 266-270._
+
+Coupland--Irregularities in the make-up of early printed books. _L.W.
+Vol. 16, 1913-14, pp. 118-119._
+
+Davenport--The book: its history and development. _pp. 30-33; 64-76._
+
+Duff--Early printed books. _pp. 206-212._
+
+Edmond--Suggestions for the description of books printed between
+_1501-1640. L.A.R. Vol. 3, 1901, pp. 133-142._
+
+Encyclopædia Britannica. Articles _Bibliography_; _Collation_.
+
+Fay _and_ Eaton--Instruction in the use of books and libraries. _Chap.
+3, pp. 25-39._
+
+Garnett--Some colophons of the early printers. _L. Vol. 2, 1890, pp.
+125-132._
+
+Jacobi--Some notes on books and printing. _Chap. 6. pp. 62-65._
+
+McKerrow--Printers’ and publishers’ devices in England and Scotland.
+_1485-1640. (Illus. Monographs No. 16). Bibliographical Society, 1913._
+
+McKerrow--Note on variations in certain copies of the “Return of
+Pasquil.” _L. (New Series). Vol. 4, 1903, pp. 384-391._
+
+McKerrow--Notes on bibliographical evidence. _Trans. Bib. Soc. Vol. 12,
+1911-13, pp. 237-306._
+
+Madan--Degressive bibliographies. _Trans. Bib. Soc. Vol. 9, 1906-08,
+pp. 53-65._
+
+Madan--Method in bibliography. _Trans. Bib. Soc. Vol 1, 1892-3, pp.
+91-96._
+
+Parsons--Introduction to elementary bibliography. _Also in L. & B. W.
+Vol. 3, 1912, pp. 47-50._
+
+Plomer--English printers’ ornaments. _1924. Grafton, £2 2s._
+
+Pollard--Objects and methods of bibliographical collations and
+descriptions. _L. (New Series). Vol. 8, 1907, pp. 209-217._
+
+Pollard--An essay on colophons. _1905._
+
+Pollard--Last words on the history of the title page, with notes on
+some colophons and 27 facsimiles of title pages. _1891._
+
+Pollard _and_ Greg--Some points in bibliographical descriptions.
+_Trans. Bib. Soc. Vol. 9. 1906-08, pp. 31-52._
+
+Powell--Publishers and publishing. _L.A.R. Vol. 4, 1902, pp. 590-601._
+
+Proctor--Notes on signatures. _L. Vol. 3, 1891, pp. 177-180; 267-269._
+
+Rawlings--The story of books. _Hodder & Stoughton. Chap. 15, pp.
+159-164._
+
+Roberts--Printers’ marks. _1893._
+
+Sharp--Practical bibliography. _L.W. Vol. 13, 1910-11, pp. 298-302._
+
+
+QUESTIONS.
+
+_1._ The early printers were responsible for many inconsistencies and
+irregularities in the make-up of their books. Explain, giving examples.
+
+_2._ Why are blank pages often found in the middle of the text in early
+printed books?
+
+_3._ Sketch the relative positions of watermarks or wire-lines in books
+of different sizes, and state how a watermark may be used in book
+collation.
+
+_4._ Make out an entry of a modern book (which may be imaginary)
+comprising every bibliographical detail necessary to describe it
+completely, and give reasons for the particular order adopted.
+
+_5._ Give an account of the evolution of the title page.
+
+
+_Lesson 3._
+
+ESSENTIALS OF GOOD BOOK PRODUCTION.
+
+PRINTING. TYPOGRAPHY. PRESSWORK.
+
+The essentials of good printing include a good, firm, clean and sharp
+impression with a really good black ink. The student must be able
+to recognise the difference between good and bad type. The two most
+important factors of modern book production are the selection of
+suitable type and the precise format of the page when the size of the
+volume is given. Note the various founts of type. Classes of type,
+sizes, and the point system, methods of composition, type-casting
+and type-setting machines, _e.g._, monotype, linotype, and others.
+Stereotype work. Methods of mounting plates for printing. Different
+kinds of stereotype and electrotype plates. Hand-press work. Kinds of
+presses used. The student should endeavour to examine Stanley Morison’s
+“Modern fine printing: an exhibit of printing issued in England,
+the United States of America, France, Germany, Italy, Switzerland,
+Czecho-Slovakia, Holland and Sweden during the twentieth century and
+with few exceptions since the outbreak of the war.” _Benn, 1925. £13
+2s. 6d._ and _his_ “Four centuries of fine printing: upwards of six
+hundred examples of the work of presses established during the years
+_1500-1914_.” _Benn, 1924. £11 0s. 6d._ These two books are beautiful
+examples of fine printing, and will probably be found in most of our
+large Public Libraries.
+
+
+READING LIST.
+
+Aldis--The printed book. _Chaps. 6 and 7, pp. 57-91._
+
+British Museum Guide to the exhibition of printed books.
+
+Davenport--The book: its history and development. _Chap. 4, pp. 85-101._
+
+Encyclopædia Britannica--Articles _Typography_, _Printing_.
+
+Hitchcock, _editor_.--The building of a book. _pp. 25-76; 99-138._
+
+Hodges--The printing press: its place in librarianship. _L.A. Vol. 17,
+1924, pp. 68-71; 97-102._
+
+Jacobi--Printing. _Passim, with special attention devoted to Chaps. 1,
+16 and 21._
+
+Jacobi--Some notes on books and printing. _Chap. 3, pp. 27-39._
+
+Legros _and_ Grant--Typographical printing surfaces: the technology and
+mechanism of their production. _Longmans Green, 1916. 42s._ _Passim._
+
+Meynell--Typography. The written word and the printed word. Some tests
+for types. Concerning printers’ flowers. The pioneer work of the
+Pelican Press. The points of a well-made book. A glossary of printers’
+terms. Type specimens. A display of borders and initials. _The Pelican
+Press, 1923. 7s 6d._ _Passim._
+
+Morison--On type faces: examples of the use of type for the printing of
+books. _The Medici Society, 1923. 30s._ _Passim._
+
+Plomer--The history of printing, _1476-1898. The English Bookman’s
+Library. K. Paul, 1900._ _Passim._
+
+Report of the Committee appointed to select the best faces of type and
+modes of display for Government printing, _1922. H.M.S.O. 4s. also_
+Note on the legibility of printed matter, prepared by M. A. Legros.
+_1922. H.M.S.O. 1s. 6d._
+
+Sharp--Practical bibliography. _L.W. Vol. 13, 1910-11, pp. 327-330._
+
+Times Printing Number (The)--Reprinted from the 40,000 issue of _The
+Times_, Tuesday, September _10_th, _1912. Times Office, 1913. 6s._
+Articles _Stereotyping_; _Composition_; _Typography_.
+
+
+QUESTIONS.
+
+_1._ Name three methods of moulding plates for printing purposes.
+
+_2._ Give six essential features of good type.
+
+_3._ What is the best style of type face for book work? State your
+reasons for your preference.
+
+_4._ Give an account of the use of the matrix in type-founding.
+
+_5._ Define the following terms:--stereotyping; ligature; sans serif;
+forme; quoins; shorts; point system; italics; large paper; black letter.
+
+
+_Lesson 4._
+
+PAPER.
+
+The student should know how to distinguish the difference between
+papyrus, parchment, vellum and paper. The article “paper” in the
+Encyclopædia Britannica will be quite sufficient for the history of its
+use and introduction into Europe. English paper-making dates from the
+fifteenth century. The manufacture of paper must be closely followed,
+first, the materials, then, their reduction to the pulp, the conversion
+of the pulp into paper, and finally the finishing. How to tell the
+difference between hand-made and machine made paper, by wire marks,
+deckle edge, colour, tear and rougher side. The effect of the “dandy
+roll” on “wove” and “laid” paper. Chain lines. Essentials of first
+class manufacture. The merits and defects of different kinds of paper.
+Antique, India, art, imitation art, Japanese vellum, super-calendar,
+etc.
+
+
+READING LIST.
+
+Blades--Paper and paper marks. _L. Vol. 1, 1889, pp. 217-223._
+
+Chivers--Paper and binding of lending library books. _L.J. Vol. 34,
+1909, pp. 350-354._
+
+Chivers--The paper of lending library books, with some remarks on their
+bindings. _Illus. Chivers, 1910._ _Passim._
+
+Coutts _and_ Stephen--Library bookbinding. _Grafton, 1911. 7s. 6d.
+Chaps. 5 and 6, pp. 62-82._
+
+Davenport--The book: its history and development. _Chap. 3, pp. 62-84._
+
+Encyclopædia Britannica--Article _Paper_.
+
+Hitchcock, _editor_.--The building of a book. _pp. 89-98._
+
+Jenkins--Paper making in England (_1495-1714_). _L.A.R. Vol. 2, 1900,
+pp. 479-488; 577-588. Vol. 3, 1901, pp. 239-251._
+
+Jacobi--Printing. _Chap. 32, pp. 328-339, and samples of paper found at
+the end of the book._
+
+Jacobi--Some notes on books and printing. _Chap. 5, pp. 56-61 and
+samples of paper found at the end of the book._
+
+Library Association Book Production Committee--Interim Report, _1913_.
+
+Madan--Books in manuscript, their study and use. _K. Paul, 1893. 6s.
+pp. 6-12._
+
+Maddox--Paper: its history, sources and manufacture. _Pitman, 1916._
+_Passim._
+
+Sindall--Manufacture of paper. _Westminster Series. Constable, 1908._
+_Passim._
+
+Sindall--Physical qualities of paper. _L.A.R. Vol. 10. 1908, pp. 24-35;
+60-62._
+
+Sindall--Manufacture of wood pulp for paper making. _L.A.R. Vol. 10,
+1908, pp. 336-341._
+
+Times Printing Number (The)--Articles _Hand-made paper_; _Modern
+printing papers_; _Wood pulp._
+
+Williams--_In_ Manual of book selection, _Appendix 2. Notes on paper
+making, pp. 93-103._
+
+
+QUESTIONS.
+
+_1._ Give the essential and outstanding requirements of a modern book
+paper.
+
+_2._ The strength of a paper is determined by the constitution and
+structure of the fibrous elements of which it is composed. Explain.
+
+_3._ What substances are now principally used in paper-making? State
+the qualities of the different papers.
+
+_4._ What should be the requirements in the paper for a book of
+reference of over 1,000 pages?
+
+_5._ What is a featherweight paper?
+
+
+_Lesson 5._
+
+INK.
+
+The process of making printing ink consists of grinding a pigment,
+black, white, or coloured, into a suitable varnish. Pigment is
+responsible for making the impression visible. Varnish responsible for
+the holding together of the pigment during its distribution on the
+press to the type. The different kinds of ink. The ingredients of good
+printing inks. Its stages of manufacture. Ink used for book work must
+be of the best quality. Hand-press requires different kind of ink to
+that used in machine presses. “Jobbing ink.” “Cut ink.”
+
+
+READING LIST.
+
+Andes--Oil colours and printers’ inks. _Scott Greenwood, 1918._
+_Passim._
+
+Encylopædia Britannica--Article _Ink_.
+
+Hitchcock, _editor_--The building of a book. _pp. 139-143._
+
+Jacobi--Printing. _Chap. 19, pp. 214-217._
+
+Mitchell--Ink. _Pitman._ _Passim._
+
+Seymour--Modern printing inks: a practical handbook for printing-ink
+manufacturers. _Scott Greenwood, 1910._ _Passim._
+
+
+QUESTIONS.
+
+_1._ Define the difference between printing inks and writing inks.
+
+_2._ Give the ingredients of a good printing ink to be used for book
+work.
+
+_3._ Explain the following terms:--coloured inks; cut ink; copying
+inks; sympathetic inks; printers’ inks.
+
+_4._ How is the impression conditioned by the flow of the ink?
+
+
+_Lesson 6._
+
+BOOK ILLUSTRATION.
+
+The illustration of books began before the invention of printing, and
+the purpose of illustration is to carry the spirit of action rather
+than to serve as a basis for deft expression of technical skill.
+Illustrations are pictorial matter (plates, diagrams, etc.) generally
+used for the purpose of elucidating the text, the object being to
+enable the reader to obtain a better grasp and a more realistic view
+of the subject which the author would seek to present whether in
+connection with science, travel, or fiction. Illustrations make clearer
+to the imagination their stories and their songs by reflecting manners
+of life, interests and pursuits in a way that brightens what would
+otherwise often be commonplace.
+
+The student will be expected to know the purpose of book illustration.
+The merits and defects of different methods of illustrations now in
+use. The hand processes include;--in relief, intaglio, flat surface.
+Photographic processes:--in relief, intaglio, and flat surface. The
+colour processes. The need for really good blocks. Students are
+recommended to purchase the booklet issued by the British Museum at 6d.
+and entitled “A guide to the processes and schools of engraving.” _2nd
+edition, 1923._
+
+
+READING LIST.
+
+Aldis--The printed book. _Chap. 8, pp. 92-113._
+
+Coupland--Methods of book illustration. _L.W. Vol. 15, 1912-13, pp.
+356-362._
+
+Davenport--The book: its history and development. _Chap. 5, pp.
+102-140._
+
+Crane--Of the decorative illustrations of books. _2nd edition. Bell,
+1901. 6s._ _Passim._
+
+Encyclopædia Britannica--Articles _Illustration_; _Process and under
+the various methods_.
+
+Fay _and_ Eaton--The use of books and libraries. _Chap. 11, pp.
+156-162._
+
+Hitchcock, _editor_--The building of a book. _pp. 154-215._
+
+Hardie--English coloured books. _Connoisseurs’ Library. Methuen, 1906.
+25s._ _Passim._
+
+Jacobi--Printing. _Chaps. 22-24. pp. 236-253._
+
+Jacobi--Some notes on books and printing. _Chap. 4, pp. 40-55._
+
+Jennings--Early wood-cut initials. _Methuen, 1908. 21s._ _Passim._
+
+Pennell--Modern illustration. _Ex Libris Series. Bell & Sons, 1895.
+10s. 6d._ _Passim._
+
+Pennell--The illustration of books. _T. F. Unwin, 1896. 3s. 6d._
+_Passim._
+
+Pollard--Early illustrated books. _Books about Books. K. Paul, 1893._
+_Passim._
+
+Sharp--Practical bibliography. _L.W. Vol 13, 1910-11, pp. 333-336._
+
+Sketchley--English book illustration of to-day. _K. Paul, 1903. 10s.
+6d._ _Passim._
+
+
+QUESTIONS.
+
+_1._ Define the objects of book illustration.
+
+_2._ What in your opinion is the best method of book illustration?
+
+_3._ Name the different methods of book illustration in use at the
+present day, and draw special attention to their respective merits and
+defects.
+
+_4._ What has been the effect upon book-papers of the introduction of
+the “half-tone” method of illustration?
+
+_5._ Give a brief account of the technical development of modern book
+illustration.
+
+
+_Lesson 7._
+
+BOOKBINDING.
+
+It is not necessary for the student to devote much time to the
+historical side of the subject if he intends taking the Library
+Association Examination. It is to the practical side that most
+attention must be given. It is essential to possess an elementary
+knowledge of binding, with special attention given to library
+bookbinding. The processes, hand and machine bookbinding and their
+relation to library bookbinding must be noticed. The principal
+qualities for a library binding are: flexibility, strength and
+durability, solidity, good materials, neatness, lightness, cheapness,
+and suitability of style. These qualities should be carefully followed,
+and the materials must be considered. How the quality of paper affects
+the binding. The pro and con of home binderies, and finally tenders and
+specifications.
+
+
+READING LIST.
+
+Aldis--The printed book. _Chap. 9, pp. 114-135._
+
+American Library Association--Binding for small libraries: suggestions
+prepared by the A.L.A. Committee on Bookbinding. _1915. 25c._
+
+Bailey--Library bookbinding. _H. W. Wilson Co.: New York. 1916._
+_Passim._
+
+Bliss--Better bookbinding for libraries. _L.J. Vol. 30, 1905, pp.
+849-857. Also in P.L. Vol. 11, 1906, pp. 294-9._
+
+Chivers--Relative value of leathers and other binding materials.
+_Illus. Chivers, 1911._ _Passim._ _Also in L.A.R. Vol. 13, 1911, pp.
+415-430._
+
+Cochrane--Costing data in bookbinding. _L.W. Vol. 25, 1922-23, pp.
+345-347._
+
+Cockerell--Bookbinding, and the care of books. _4th edition. Pitman,
+1923. 10s. 6d. First published 1901._ _Passim._
+
+Coutts _and_ Stephen--Manual of library bookbinding. _Passim._ _The
+best book on the subject for the library assistant._
+
+Dana--Lettering the backs of books when rebound for libraries. _P.L.
+Vol. 12, 1907, pp. 306-307._
+
+Dana--Notes on bookbinding for libraries. _Latest edition._ _Passim._
+
+Davenport--The book: its history and development. _Chaps. 2, 7, 8 and
+9, pp. 26-61, 169-180, 181-204, 205-243._
+
+Encyclopædia Britannica--Article _Bookbinding_.
+
+Hitchcock, _editor_--The building of a book. _pp. 216-256._
+
+Jacobi--Some notes on books and printing. _Chap. 7, pp. 66-69._
+
+Library Association--Interim report on book production.
+
+Library Association. _Sound Leather Committee._--Leather for libraries,
+by E. W. Hulme and others. _Library Supply Co., 1905._ _Passim._
+
+Society of Arts.--Report of the Committee on leather for bookbinding.
+_G. Bell & Sons, 1905. First published 1901._ _Passim._
+
+Spofford--A book for all readers. _Chap. 3, pp. 50-87._
+
+Stephen--Edition binding. _L.A. Vol. 6, 1904, pp. 326-330._
+
+Stephen--Machine book sewing, with remarks on publishers’ binding.
+_Library Association, 1908. 6d. Also in L.A.R. Vol. 10, 1908; pp.
+261-280._
+
+Stephen--Notes on materials for library bookbinding. _L.A. Vol. 5,
+1905-07, pp. 143-146; 162-164._
+
+Stephen--Publishers’ bindings. _L.A.R. Vol. 12, 1910. pp. 9-13._
+
+Stephen--Commercial bookbinding. _Stonehill. 7s. 6d._ _Passim._
+
+Times Printing Number--Article _Bookbinding_.
+
+
+QUESTIONS.
+
+_1._ Discuss the values and uses of the following binding
+materials:--pigskin, rexine, cloth, buckram, morocco, calf.
+
+_2._ Discuss the merits or demerits of three leathers suitable for
+library bookbinding. State which you consider the best.
+
+_3._ Can you name any library which has a binding establishment of
+its own? Give some idea of the initial cost and upkeep of such an
+establishment.
+
+_4._ Describe the essential features which you consider necessary for
+the binding of a book for the public lending library.
+
+_5._ Define the following terms:--re-inforced; tipping; head-band;
+kettle-stitch; bleed; blind-tooling; marbling; plough; hollow-back;
+forwarding.
+
+
+_Lesson 8._
+
+COMPILATION OF BIBLIOGRAPHIES.
+
+Principles of arrangement, will differ with each type of bibliography.
+Six methods of arrangement. An author bibliography best arranged
+chronologically by dates of publication, supplemented with subject and
+title indexes. For a subject bibliography the best arrangement may
+be classified, with an alphabetical index to authors and subjects.
+The best bibliography is arranged and indexed so that its contents
+may be found from the point of view of author, title, subject, place,
+or personal names. The student should examine as many bibliographies
+as possible, and note their arrangements. He should also possess a
+thorough knowledge of the practical methods of compiling bibliographies.
+
+
+READING LIST.
+
+American Library Association and Library Association--Code of
+cataloguing rules. _Passim._
+
+Brown--Manual of practical bibliography. _Chaps. 5 and 6, pp. 45-86;
+99-111._
+
+Cole--Compiling a bibliography: practical hints; with illustrative
+examples. _New York, 1902. 20 pp. Also in L.J. Vol. 26, 1901 pp.
+791-795; 859-863._
+
+Coupland--Arrangement and compilation of bibliographies. _L.W. Vol. 15,
+1912-13, pp. 180-185._
+
+Guppy--Wigan and county bibliographies. _L.A.R. Vol 3, 1925 (New
+series), pp. 94-102._
+
+Greg--What is bibliography? _In Trans. Bib. Soc. Vol. 12, 1911-13, pp.
+39-53._
+
+Hysett--County bibliography. _In Trans. Bib. Soc. Vol. 3, 1895-6, pp.
+27-40; 167-170. Parts 1 and 2._
+
+Madan--Method in bibliography. _In Trans. Bib. Soc. Vol. 1, 1892-3, pp.
+91-103._
+
+Murray--Bibliography: its scope and methods. _pp. 78-97._
+
+Parsons--Introduction to elementary bibliography. _L. & B. W. Vol. 3,
+1912, pp. 84-88._
+
+Peddie--The bases of bibliographical research. _L.W. Vol. 25, 1922-23,
+pp. 348-350._
+
+Peplow--Some tentative proposals for the compilation of a catalogue of
+best books. _L.A.R. Vol. II, 1909, pp. 222-228. Discussion pp. 245-249._
+
+Pollard--Arrangement of bibliographies. _L. (New series.) Vol. 10,
+1909, pp. 168-187._
+
+Sharp--Practical bibliography. _L.W. Vol. 13, 1910-11, pp. 377-380._
+
+Sparke--Town bibliographies. _L.A.R. Vol. 15, 1913, pp. 366-371._
+
+Stephen--Norfolk bibliography. _L.A.R. Vol. 22, 1920, pp. 352-364._
+
+Wheatley--The present condition of English bibliography. _In Trans.
+Bib. Soc. Vol. 1, 1892-3, pp. 61-102. (Model author bibliography is
+appended)._
+
+
+QUESTIONS.
+
+_1._ What principles would you consider before setting to work on the
+compilation of a bibliography?
+
+_2._ State briefly the different methods of compiling bibliographies.
+
+_3._ Arrange the form headings you would use in compiling a
+bibliography of Shakespeare.
+
+_4._ Discuss the value and method of the preparation of a county
+bibliography.
+
+_5._ Give three examples (which may be imaginary) of the ideal
+bibliographical entries for a subject bibliography.
+
+_6._ Describe generally the plan, contents, and aim of the two
+following books:--
+
+Sparke (Archibald)--Bibliographia Boltoniensis: being a bibliography,
+with biographical details, of Bolton authors, and the books written
+by them from 1550-_1912_; books about Bolton; and those printed and
+published in the town from _1785_ to date. Bolton, _1913_.
+
+_and_
+
+Hawkes (A. J.)--Lancashire printed books: a bibliography of all the
+books printed in Lancashire down to the year _1800_. Wigan, _1925_.
+
+
+TEST EXAMINATION.
+
+_Questions to be answered without the aid of text-books, notes, etc._
+
+_1._ Bibliography is now considered from two standpoints: the practical
+and utilitarian; or, the historical and dilettante. Explain.
+
+_2._ By what means would you check a quarto book printed before 1750 to
+ascertain if it is complete?
+
+_3._ The _Kelmscott Press_ publications, though beautiful specimens of
+artistic design applied to typography are at fault from the utility
+point of view. Explain.
+
+_4._ State the essentials of good press-work.
+
+_5._ What are the chief properties of modern book paper?
+
+_6._ Why is the fibrous direction of paper important to book-work?
+
+_7._ Explain the difference between “edition” and “library” binding.
+
+_8._ What details should be specified in a full bibliographical
+description of an early printed book?
+
+_9._ What principles should be observed in the annotation of
+bibliographies?
+
+_10._ How would you proceed in compiling “a bibliography of guides to
+book selection since 1900?”
+
+
+FACTORS AND NOTES RELATING TO PRACTICAL BIBLIOGRAPHY.
+
+(_1_) WHAT IS THE MEANING OF THE WORD BIBLIOGRAPHY?
+
+Bibliography derives its name from two Greek words, which translated
+literally mean “the writing of books.” This meaning was originally
+adopted in the English language, the first recorded use of which in
+English is found in Blount’s “Dictionary” (_1656_), but with the growth
+of literature and consequent output of books, the connotation of the
+term increased rapidly, and rendered the original definition obsolete.
+
+The number of sciences included in the term “bibliography” probably
+reached its zenith with Gabriel Peignot, a noted French bibliographer
+of the last century. In his enthusiasm for the subject he arrogated
+to bibliography a knowledge of such subjects as philosophy, logic,
+philology, history, mathematics, geography, etc., in addition to
+typography, the composition of books, material and literary, and all
+that appertains to the books themselves. In short, bibliography was to
+him the _scientia scientiarum_.
+
+Peignot’s English contemporary, Thomas Hartwell Horne, _1780-1862_
+gives a more concise definition in his “Study of bibliography” (_1814_)
+but he errs in the same manner, though in a lesser degree by claiming
+for bibliography an encyclopædic knowledge of the history, values and
+contents of books.
+
+The modern tendency for specialisation renders such erroneous
+conceptions of the subject impossible, for palæography, typography,
+history, etc., rank as distinct topics, though, of course, they will
+always be correlated.
+
+Many attempts have been made in recent times to give a concise
+definition of what is understood by the term “bibliography,” but
+there is little uniformity of opinion, and much confusion. The
+confusion is undoubtedly caused by the application of one term
+to what should remain distinct studies. The subject now resolves
+itself into two standpoints--the historical-and-dilettante; or, the
+practical-and-utilitarian.
+
+Historical bibliography to the general public is yet very vague in its
+limits, it includes the history of printing, book-collecting, study of
+the rare and curious in books, etc.; but among experts it is slowly
+and surely being limited to the history of printing, and in the future
+the historical side of bibliography will be known as the “history of
+printing.”
+
+When this understanding comes to pass “bibliography” can be applied
+to what is now known as “practical bibliography,” which is defined by
+the late J. D. Brown in his “Manual of bibliography” (_1906_) as “the
+science which treats of the description, cataloguing, and preservation
+of books.”
+
+The word “bibliography” is also applied to the literature of a subject,
+but in this sense there is little likelihood of confusion as it is
+generally used in conjunction with another topic, as, “A Bibliography
+of Cotton Spinning.”
+
+
+(_2_) KINDS OF BIBLIOGRAPHY.
+
+There are six recognised classes of bibliographies:--
+
+_1._ General Bibliographies--Books not limited to those of any period,
+locality, author, or subject, _e.g._ Brunet’s “Manual du Libraire.”
+
+_2._ National Bibliographies--Books printed in a given country or about
+a given country, _e.g._ “The English Catalogue of Books.”
+
+_3._ Trade Bibliographies--Books in print or on sale by publishers,
+with full particulars as to size, price, pages, etc., _e.g._ Whitaker’s
+“Reference Catalogue of Current Literature.”
+
+_4._ Author Bibliographies--Books or articles by, or by and about, a
+particular author, _e.g._, “Bibliography of the works of Shakespeare,”
+by W. Jaggard.
+
+_5._ Subject Bibliographies--Books and articles about a special
+subject, _e.g._, Woodbury’s “Bibliography of Cotton Manufacture.”
+
+_6._ Bio-Bibliographies--a compilation giving the biographies of
+writers and lists of their writings, _e.g._, Allibone’s “Dictionary of
+Authors.”
+
+
+(_3_) WHY PREFATORY PAGES ARE SOMETIMES NUMBERED IN ROMAN FIGURES.
+
+Prefatory pages are numbered in Roman figures because they are usually
+printed after the body of the book has been “set up.” In many cases
+the printer has no estimate of prefatory matter and to overcome the
+difficulty he numbers the text in Arabic and the preliminary pages in
+Roman figures.
+
+
+(_4_) “NATURAL HISTORY” BIBLIOGRAPHY.
+
+Panzer has been spoken of as “the one true naturalist among general
+bibliographers,” and since his day two distinct methods of bibliography
+have grown up.
+
+One method treats specimens of early printing simply as curiosities,
+and their value only depending according to their rarity or intrinsic
+worth, or again to some peculiar characteristic found in them. This
+method is generally associated with the name of Dibden.
+
+The other method, which is called by Henry Bradshaw the “natural
+history method of bibliography” is associated with the name of Panzer,
+who was the first practical exponent. By this method each press must be
+looked upon as a _genus_, and each book as a _species_, and the more
+or less close connection of the different members of the family must
+be traced by the characters which they present to our observation.
+Bradshaw’s own work is the best example of this method, and the
+beginner can follow no better model than the papers he wrote on early
+printing.
+
+
+(_5_) TYPOGRAPHY. “POINT SYSTEM.”
+
+A unit of measurement has been accepted as a standard for the purpose
+of enabling the products of different manufacturers to be used
+together. The unit of measurement adopted in this country and America
+is the Pica which is approximately one-sixth of an inch in width.
+
+TYPE BODY SIZES.
+
+          Eng &
+   Pts.   Amer.     Didot.    English (Old).
+   _5_   _.0692_    _.074_       _.066_         Pearl.
+   _5½_  _.0761_    --           _.0725_        Ruby.
+   _6_   _.083_     _.0888_      _.0835_        Nonpareil
+   _7_   _.0969_    _.1036_      _.0987_        Minion.
+   _8_   _.1107_    _.1184_      _.1083_        Brevier.
+   _9_   _.1245_    _.1332_      _.118_         Bourgeois.
+  _10_   _.1384_    _.148_       _.135_         Long Primer.
+  _11_   _.1522_    _.1628_      _.145_         Small Pica
+  _12_   _.166_     _.1776_      _.1667_        Pica
+  _14_   _.1937_    _.2072_      _.188_         English
+  _16_   _.2214_    _.2368_      --             2-line Brevier.
+  _18_   _.2490_    _.2664_      _.235_         Great Primer.
+  _20_   _.2767_    _.296_       _.2626_        Paragon.
+  _22_   _.3044_    _.3256_      _.289_         Double Pica.
+  _24_   _.332_     _.3552_      _.3362_        2-line Pica
+  _28_   _.3874_    _.4144_      _.375_         2-line English
+  _30_   _.4151_    _.444_       --             --
+  _32_   _.4428_    _.4736_      _.469_         2-line Gt. Primer
+  _36_   _.498_     _.5328_      _.498_         3-line Pica.
+
+
+(_6_) PRINCIPAL SIZES OF TYPE NOW USED IN BOOKS.
+
+  This line is Pica (12 point) Modern 12345.
+  This line is Long Primer (10 point) Old Style
+  This line is Brevier (8 point) Old Style 12345.
+  This line is Nonpariel (6 point) Modern 12345.
+
+
+TYPE FACES.
+
+  Old Style    English Literary History, 1234.
+  Modern Face  Factors and Notes 1234.
+  Fancy Face   Commercial Index 1234.
+  Text Letter  Of German Origin 1234.
+
+
+(7) SIZES OF BOOKS.
+
+  Royal folio      20  × 12½ ins.
+  Demy folio       17¾ × 11¼  ”
+  Crown folio      15  × 10   ”
+  Foolscap folio   13½ ×  8½  ”
+  Royal Quarto     12½ × 10   ”
+  Demy Quarto      11¼ ×  8⅞  ”
+  Crown Quarto     10  ×  7½  ”
+  Foolscap Quarto   8½ ×  6¾  ”
+  Royal Octavo     10  ×  6¼  ”
+  Demy Octavo       8⅞ ×  5⅝  ”
+  Crown Octavo      7½ ×  5   ”
+  Foolscap Octavo   6¾ ×  4¼  ”
+  Royal 12mo        8¼ ×  5   ”
+  Demy 12mo         7½ ×  4⅜  ”
+  Demy 16mo         5⅜ ×  4½  ”
+  Demy 18mo         6⅛ ×  3⅞  ”
+  Demy 24mo         5½ ×  3⅛  ”
+  Demy 32mo         5⅞ ×  3⅛  ”
+
+
+(8) BOOKS CONTAINING EXCELLENT BIBLIOGRAPHIES.
+
+Aflalo--Natural history of the British Isles (Vertebrates). _1898. 18
+pp._
+
+Amherst--History of gardening in England. _1910. 50 pp._
+
+Baldwin--Dictionary of philosophy and psychology. _Vol. 3._
+
+Berg--Vitamins. _Allen & Unwin, 1923._ (_List of 1556 Books_).
+
+Freeman--A portrait of George Moore. _1922. 53 pp._
+
+Handschin--Methods of teaching modern languages. _Harrop, 1923, 65 pp._
+
+Hazen--Europe since 1815. _1910. 36 pp._
+
+Hind--A history of engraving and etching. _Constable, 1923. 26 pp. and
+68 pp._
+
+Nicoll--A history of Restoration drama. _1923. 28 pp._
+
+Rees--Libraries for children. _Grafton, 1924. 55 pp._
+
+Schelling--English literature during the life-time of Shakespeare.
+_1910. 30 pp._
+
+Simpson--The rise of Louis Napoleon. _1909. 18 pp._
+
+Singer & Strang--Etching and other methods of printing pictures.
+_1897._ (_List of 441 Books_).
+
+Sindall--The manufacture of paper. _1908. 20 pp._
+
+Webb--History of trades unionism. _1894. 44 pp._
+
+_Note particularly_ the very full lists of books and articles appended
+to the “Cambridge Modern History,” the “Cambridge Medieval History,”
+and the “Cambridge History of British Foreign Policy” and the
+“Cambridge History of English and American Literature.”
+
+
+(9) SOME INTERESTING BOOKS.
+
+In the research work entailed in compiling this course a great number
+of very beautiful books came under my notice. I made a careful
+examination of them, and it was with a pang of regret I had to omit
+them from the Reading Lists. However, I received so much joy in
+looking through them--the beauty not always being from the physical
+side--that I decided to make a select list and advise students to be on
+the _qui vive_ for any of them. All the books mentioned should be in
+the possession of our large public reference libraries, and students
+wishing for a little more than the examination side of their studies
+would do well to avail themselves of any opportunity they may have of
+examining the books for themselves. If they are anything like true
+book-lovers they will be delighted with all they see and read.
+
+Briquet (Ch. M.)--Les filigranes: dictionnaire historique des marques
+du papier dès leur apparition, vers _1282_ jusqu’ en 1600. _4 vols.
+Leipzig, 1923._
+
+  This is the standard work on watermarks and first appeared in _1907_.
+  There are _39_ illustrations in the text, and _16,112_ facsimilies of
+  water-marks on _1,500_ plates.
+
+The Fleuron--A journal of typography; _edited by_ Oliver Simon. Issued
+annually since 1923. Contains many interesting and valuable articles
+such as, in No. _1_ “A treatise on the development of the title-page,”
+by the editor. In No. _2_, S. Morison’s article supplies a detailed and
+documented study of the relation of capitals to lower case letters. In
+No. _3_, an article on “The development of the book,” by P. Angoulvent.
+In No. _4_, “Script types,” by S. Morison, and so on.
+
+Fournier--Manuel typographique, utile aux gens de lettres, et à ceux
+qui exercent les differentes parties de l’imprimerie. _2 vols. Paris,
+1764-66. £14 14s. 0d._
+
+  A work which every student of French typography should consult.
+  Contains specimens of type.
+
+Fry (Joseph) _and_ Sons--A specimen of printing types, _by Joseph Fry
+and Sons, letter-founders, Worship Street, Moorfields, London, 1785_.
+
+  Includes specimens of Roman and Italic types. Vignettes of King’s
+  Arms, ships, etc.
+
+Guigard--Nouvel armorial du bibliophile; guide de l’amateur des livres
+armoriés. With numerous armorial illustrations. _2 vols, Paris, 1890._
+
+  One of the best works on armorial bindings.
+
+Grolier Club--Catalogue of an exhibition of illuminated and
+painted manuscripts, together with a few early printed books with
+illuminations; also some examples of Persian manuscripts, with plates
+in facsimile and an introductory essay. _New York, privately printed,
+the Grolier Club, 1892._
+
+Humphreys--The illuminated books of the Middle Ages. An account of
+the development and progress of the art of illumination as a distinct
+branch of pictorial ornamentation from the _4_th to the _17_th
+centuries. _London, 1849._
+
+  A standard work on the illuminated books of the Middle Ages.
+
+Martin--La miniature Française du _13_th au _15_th siècle. _Paris and
+Brussels, 1923._
+
+  A standard work on French illuminated manuscripts.
+
+Periods of Typography--A series of handbooks to historic style in
+printing. Under the general editorship of Stanley Morison. The first
+volumes are now issued and others will follow from time to time. Each
+volume will contain an essay which will introduce the reader to the
+principal formative influences and to outstanding examples of the
+respective periods. The introductions are written from the standpoint
+of the amateur interested in the part played by the printed book in the
+society and culture of its period, each by experts.
+
+Plomer (Henry R.)--English printers’ ornaments. _Grafton, London._
+
+The subject of printers’ ornaments can be clearly defined in
+its stricter meaning as the decoration of books apart from book
+illustration. Printers’ ornaments include head and tail pieces, initial
+letters, borders to title pages or text, and decorative blocks such
+as those which were used freely by the 16th century printer, Henry
+Bynneman, and others.
+
+Pollard (A. W.)--Fine books. _Illus. 1912._
+
+Silvestre (L. C.)--Marques typographiques on recueil des monogrammes,
+chiffres, enseignes, emblèmes, devises, rébus et fleurons des libraires
+et imprimeurs qui ont exercé en France, depuis l’introduction de
+l’Imprimerie, en _1470_, jusqu’à la fin du seizième siècle; a ces
+marques sont jointes celles des Libraires et Imprimeurs qui pendant
+la meme période ont publié, hors de France, des livres en langue
+française. _2 vols. Paris, 1853-67._ This work contains over thirteen
+hundred reproductions of printers’ marks and is looked upon as the
+standard work on printers’ marks.
+
+Sotheby (S. Leigh)--The typography of the Fifteenth Century: being
+specimens of the productions of the early Continental printers,
+exemplified in a collection of facsimilies from 100 works, together
+with their water-marks. _London, 1845._
+
+  Contains _26_ plates of water-marks.
+
+Steele (Robert)--The revival of printing. A bibliographical catalogue
+of works issued by the chief modern English presses, with an
+introduction by Robert Steele. _London, 1912._
+
+  Imprinted in the Riccardi Press Fount, by Charles T. Jacobi, with
+  facsimiles of the type employed by other presses.
+
+Updike (D. B.)--Printing types, their history, forms, and use, a study
+in survivals. With _367_ specimens of various famous presses, from
+the invention of printing until the present day. _2 vols. Cambridge:
+U.S.A., 1923._
+
+Wardle (B. L.)--Music title pages, _1500-1925_. A selection of
+examples, with an introduction. _London, 1926._
+
+  This work is announced to be ready in the Spring of 1926 and should
+  be looked for by all students interested in decorative typography.
+  The special nature of fine music production has called for the most
+  lavish use of decoration and illustration, and a selection of the
+  outstanding examples among these titles is therefore of real value to
+  the designer and student of typography.
+
+
+
+
+COURSE 2: BOOK SELECTION.
+
+
+TEXT BOOKS REQUIRED.
+
+Brown (J. D.)--Manual of practical bibliography. _The English Library.
+Routledge, 1906. 3s._
+
+Fay (L. E.) _and_ Eaton (A. T.)--Instruction in the use of books and
+libraries: a text book for normal schools and colleges. _2nd edition,
+revised. Faxon & Co., Boston, 1919. 22s. 6d._
+
+Hopkins (F. M.)--Reference guides that should be known, and how to use
+them. _Willard: Michigan, 1916. $1.50_
+
+Mudge (I. G.)--New guide to reference books: based on the third edition
+of “Guide to the study and use of reference books,” by Alice B.
+Kroeger, as revised by I. G. Mudge. _A.L.A. Pub. Board: Chicago, 1923;
+Grafton. 15s._
+
+  Miss Mudge’s great work is a text-book for the student who is
+  beginning a systematic study of reference books, and is our best
+  guide for the research worker requiring a guide to the reference
+  tools available for some particular investigation. Complete with
+  detailed index of authors, titles, subjects, and analytical
+  references.
+
+  _or_ Kroeger (A. B.)--Guide to the study and use of reference
+  books. _2nd edition, with supplement, 1908; or, 3rd edition, with
+  supplement. A.L.A. Pub. Board: Chicago, 1917._
+
+Stewart (J. D.) _and_ Clarke (O. E.)--Book selection. _Grafton, 1909.
+1s. Also published in the Library World, May-June, 1909._
+
+Williams (Reginald G.)--A manual of book selection for the librarian
+and book-lover. _Grafton, 1920. 10s. 6d._
+
+_Note._--Other text-books will be introduced as required.
+
+Take particular note of the factors and notes to be found at the end of
+each course.
+
+
+_Lesson 1._
+
+KNOWLEDGE OF BOOKS OF REFERENCE.
+
+(_a_) Different kinds of bibliographies: universal, national, trade and
+subject.
+
+The student is advised to read “Bibliography,” by Isadore Gilbert
+Mudge; preprint of “Manual of library economy,” chapter 24, published
+by the A.L.A. Publishing Board, Chicago, _1915_. For the derivation and
+present meaning of the word “bibliography,” and a description of the
+value of reference books, this chapter forms a splendid introduction.
+
+For the various kinds of bibliographies see Mudge’s “New guide
+to reference books” (or Kroeger’s “Guide to study and use of
+reference books”), Stewart _and_ Clarke’s “Book selection,” “List of
+bibliographical works in the Reading Room of the British Museum,”
+Brown’s “Manual of practical bibliography,” and Gross’s “List of
+books and articles chiefly bibliographical, designed to serve as an
+introduction to the bibliography and methods of English literary
+history.” The Universal bibliographies by Brunet, British Museum,
+Burger, Ebert, Graesse, Hain, Maittaire, Panzer, Peddie, Pellechet,
+Proctor, Watt, etc.
+
+For a comprehensive list of National bibliographies of 49 countries
+_see_ Peddie’s “National bibliographies: a descriptive catalogue of the
+works which register the books published in each country.” _London,
+Grafton, 1912._ _Add the_ United States Catalog: books in print to
+January, 1912; edited by M. E. Potter and others, and the Cumulative
+book index. _White Plains, New York, Wilson, 1898-1922. Vols. 1-24._
+(These two are not included in Peddie’s work;) also the New York State
+Library. Selected National bibliographies. _3rd edition. Albany.
+University of the State of New York, 1915. (Library School Bulletin,
+No. 38). 10c._
+
+The following trade bibliographies should be noted:--American catalogue
+of books, Book auction records, Publishers’ trade list annual, United
+States Catalogue, Livingstone (America). Arber, Book prices current,
+British Science Guild, English catalogue of books, Growoll, Whitaker,
+etc. (English); Catalogue Annuel. Lorenz, etc. (France); Heinrich,
+Heinsius, Kayser, etc. (Germany); For general bibliographies the most
+important are Sonnenschein’s “Best books,” Nelson’s “Standard books,”
+Gray’s “Books that count,” Robertson’s “Courses of study”; and for
+American books, the A.L.A. book list, 1905 to date.
+
+A mere acquaintance with the titles of the bibliographies etc., will
+be of little service. Students must know the general scope, method of
+arrangement, standpoint, and comparative usefulness of each. It must be
+remembered also that many of our best bibliographies and guides appear
+in the Latin, French, and German languages.
+
+
+READING LIST.
+
+Brown--Manual of practical bibliography. _Chap. 8, pp. 113-135._
+
+Clarke--English publishing trade bibliographies. _L.W. Vol. 13.
+1910-11, pp. 197-201._
+
+Courtney--A register of national bibliography. _3 vols., 1905-1912.
+Passim._
+
+Fay _and_ Eaton--Instruction in the use of books and libraries. _Part
+I. Chaps. 4, 5 and 10, pp. 40-83; 125-137._
+
+Ferguson--Some aspects of bibliography. _Johnston: Edinburgh, 1900.
+Passim. A splendid introduction._
+
+Mudge--New guide to reference books. _1923, pp. 207-223._
+
+  _or_ Kroeger--Guide to study and use of reference books. _1908
+  edition, pp. 99-111. Supplement, pp. 16, 20 and 21._
+
+Peddie--National bibliographies. _Grafton, London, 1912. 5s. Passim.
+Also published in the Library World, Vols. 12, 13, 24 and 26._
+
+Stewart _and_ Clarke--Book selection. _Passim._
+
+  _Also in Library World, Vol II. 1908-1909, pp. 409-417; 445-450._
+
+Williams--Manual of book selection. _pp. 8-12; 67-71._
+
+
+QUESTIONS:--
+
+_1._ Name four universal bibliographies, and state the method of
+arrangement of two of them.
+
+_2._ Describe the plan and contents, and give an estimate of their
+value as aids to book selection, of any three of the following works:--
+
+  Nelson--Standard books.
+  Sonnenschein--Best books.
+  Graesse--Tresor de livres rares et précieux.
+  Mudge--New guide to reference books.
+  English Catalogue of books, _1801-1925_.
+  Brunet--Manuel du libraire.
+
+_3._ Name two author, two subject, and two classified bibliographies.
+State their approximate prices.
+
+_4._ Name three trade bibliographies, pointing out any differences in
+their method of arrangement and scope.
+
+_5._ Name the various kinds of bibliographies known to you, giving the
+special features of each.
+
+
+_Lesson 2._
+
+KNOWLEDGE OF BOOKS OF REFERENCE--_continued_.
+
+  (_b_) Catalogues of libraries.
+  (_c_) Bibliographies of bibliography.
+  (_d_) Special bibliographies, and
+  (_e_) Books containing bibliographies.
+
+Every effort should be made to examine and compare the catalogues
+of the following libraries:--British Museum; Cambridge University;
+Chemical Society of London; Dr. Williams’ Library; Glasgow University;
+John Rylands Library; London Library; Pharmaceutical Society of London;
+Royal College of Surgeons; Royal Geographical Society; Royal Institute
+of Great Britain; Royal Medical and Chirurgical Society; St. Bride
+Foundation Library; Society of Writers to H.M. Signet; University of
+Gottingen, and University of London.
+
+Bibliographies of bibliography by the following authors must be
+carefully noted:--British Museum; Courtney; Langlois; Peignot;
+Petzholdt; Stein; Vallée, etc.
+
+For bibliographies of special subjects _see_ Mudge’s “New guide to
+reference books”; Brown’s “Manual of practical bibliography”; “List of
+bibliographical works in the Reading Room of the British Museum,” etc.
+
+For short list of books containing bibliographies _see_ pages _25-26_,
+and make a note of any important bibliography you come across during
+your studies.
+
+
+READING LIST.
+
+Brown--Manual of practical bibliography. _Chap. 8, pp. 128-142._
+
+Courtney--A register of national bibliography. _3 vols. Passim._
+
+Ferguson--Some aspects of bibliography. _Passim._
+
+Josephson--Bibliographies of bibliography chronologically arranged
+with occasional notes and index. _2nd edition. Bib. Soc. of America:
+Chicago, 1913._
+
+Mudge--New guide to reference books. _pp. 229-230; 223-224._
+
+  _or_ Kroeger--Guide to reference books, _1908 edition. pp. 7-9;
+  108-110; 116-117_.
+
+Stewart _and_ Clarke--Book selection. _Passim._
+
+Williams--Manual of book selection. _Note the select bibliographies at
+the end of each chapter._
+
+
+QUESTIONS.
+
+_1._ Describe briefly six catalogues of libraries specially serviceable
+as aids to book selection.
+
+_2._ Give a brief account of four bibliographies of bibliography
+stating the method and arrangement of two of them.
+
+_3._ Give a suggestive list of twelve reference books valuable as aids
+to book selection.
+
+_4._ Name ten modern books containing valuable bibliographies.
+
+_5._ Name six special bibliographies giving their plan of arrangement.
+
+
+_Lesson 3._
+
+PRINCIPLES OF SELECTION.
+
+Book knowledge of the ideal selector should be both professional and
+technical, connoting familiarity with bibliographical aids, ability to
+compile bibliographical lists, and a thorough understanding of good
+bookmaking. A knowledge of printing and an acquaintance with the book
+trade, and a sense of personal intimacy with the books themselves
+is also necessary. Book selection is the most important part of a
+librarian’s work.
+
+To be efficient the student must make a study of the many important
+aids to book selection and bibliographical guides. His general
+education should include a wide knowledge of literary and general
+history, with a smattering of the arts and sciences, followed by a
+close study of the textual characteristics of books in comparison with
+editions and reprints, in analysis of the many and various translations
+of standard books and classics. General principles and theory of
+selection. Remember that public libraries cater for all readers, those
+who seek instruction, and others seeking recreation. Attempt made to
+satisfy all classes of readers. Principles governed by the student’s
+estimation, of the field of choice; the kind of library to be catered
+for; size of the library; amount of money available for book purchase.
+Even large libraries can only make a selection; the smaller the library
+the smaller the selection within a selection. Selection for public
+libraries differs from that necessary for private libraries, the former
+selects, the latter collects. Geographical position of the library to
+other libraries. Social conditions of the population. Proportional
+representation. Methods of selection. Choice between editions.
+Withdrawals and replacements. Unfinished publications. Donations.
+Duplication. Classification as an aid to selection. Second-hand books.
+Reader’s suggestions. Revision of stock.
+
+
+READING LIST.
+
+Adams--The problem of the small public library. _L.J. Vol. 29, 1904,
+pp. 365-367._
+
+Bacon--Principles of book selection. _N.Y. Libraries. Vol. I. 1907, pp.
+3-6._
+
+Baker--Book selection for public libraries. _In The Librarian’s Guide,
+1923. pp. 13-17._
+
+Baker--Book selection: fundamental principles and some application.
+_L.A.R. Vol. 13, 1911, pp. 17-29._
+
+Baker--Wanted a guide to books. _L.A.R. Vol. 2, 1900, pp. 89-97._
+
+Barrett--On the selection of books for branch libraries. _L.A.R. Vol.
+6, 1904, pp. 179-191._
+
+Bascom--Book selection. _(A.L.A. Manual of library economy. Chap. 16).
+Published separately, 1922._
+
+Bostwick--The American public library. _3rd edition. Appleton: New
+York, 1923. Chaps. 10 and 11, pp. 132-161._
+
+Bostwick--How to raise the standard of book selection. _P.L., Vol. 14,
+1909, pp. 163-67._
+
+Brown--Manual of library economy. _1907 edition. Chap. II. Paras.
+170-196, pp. 141-160._
+
+_or_ Revised edition by W. C. B. Sayers. _Chap. 13. Paras. 174-206, pp.
+167-188._
+
+Brown--The small library. _The English Library. Chap. 9, pp. 109-138._
+
+Brown--Plea for a select list of books. _L. Vol. 7, 1895, pp. 363-366._
+
+Brown--Book selection. _L.W. Vol. 26, 1923-24, pp. 98-104._
+
+Burgoyne--On the choice of books for small libraries. _L.A.R. Vol. 3,
+1901, pp. 189-197._
+
+Burgoyne--Selection and purchase of books. _L.A.R. Vol. I., 1899, pp.
+136-157, also in L.W., Vol. I., 1898, pp. 157-159._
+
+Cutler-Fairchild--Principles of selection of books. _L.J., Vol. 20,
+1895, pp. 339-341._
+
+Cutter--Should libraries buy only the best books or the best books that
+people will read? _L.J., Vol. 26, 1901, pp. 70-72._
+
+Dana--Library primer. _pp. 39-45._
+
+Fay _and_ Eaton--Instruction in the use of books and libraries. _Part
+2. Chaps. 13 and 25, pp. 181-192; 392-396._
+
+Foster--Where ought the emphasis to be placed in library purchases?
+_L.J., Vol. 29, 1904, pp. 229-237._
+
+Harrison--On the choice of books. _Macmillan, 1903. 5s._
+
+Lindsay--Some general principles of book selection. _P.L. Vol. 10,
+1905, pp. 267-271._
+
+McColvin--The theory of book selection for public libraries. _Grafton,
+1925. 7s. 6d. Passim._
+
+Mudge--New Guide to reference books. _1923. Introduction._
+
+_or_ Kroeger--Guide to ... reference books. _Introduction._
+
+Public Library’s aim in bookbuying. _L. Vol. 6, 1906. Also in L.J.,
+Vol. 31, 1906, pp. 119-123._
+
+Savage--Book selection. _L.A. Vol. 4., 1901, pp. 190._
+
+Savage--A plea for the analytical study of the reading habit. _L.A.R.,
+(New Series), Vol. 2, 1924, pp. 210-225._
+
+Spofford--A book for all readers. _Putnams Sons: New York. Chap. I.,
+pp. 3-32._
+
+Stewart _and_ Clarke--Book selection. _pp. 1-7._
+
+Walker--Practical book selection methods. _L.A.R. (New series). Vol. 2,
+1924, pp. 157-164. Also published separately._
+
+Willcock--Proportional representation. _L.A.R., Vol. 6, 1904, pp.
+336-344._
+
+Williams--Manual of book selection for the librarian and book lover.
+_Chap. I., pp. 1-6._
+
+Williams--Some principles of book selection. _L.A., Vol. 13, 1916, pp.
+133-136; 140-144._
+
+
+QUESTIONS.
+
+_1._ You are asked to select books for a public library in a town of
+200,000 inhabitants. State what number of volumes you would allocate
+to the lending and reference departments respectively, and add a table
+showing the proportional representation of the different main classes
+in each department.
+
+_2._ State what guides to selection you would consult in selecting an
+initial stock of 25,000 volumes.
+
+_3._ Do you consider it advisable to draw up a series of principles to
+be followed in book selection? If so state these principles briefly.
+
+_4._ In forming a collection of 10,000 volumes for a small public
+library, how would you ensure that no great author or important subject
+had been missed?
+
+_5._ In forming the initial stock for a public library what class of
+books would you endeavour to purchase second-hand?
+
+_6._ A public library has an income of £15,000 per annum. State how
+much should be spent on (_1_) Lending department; new books; old books;
+replacements, and (_2_) Reference library books?
+
+
+_Lesson 4._
+
+AIDS AND GUIDES TO BOOK SELECTION.
+
+The number of guides to book selection is very large and the student
+will find the best selections in Mudge’s “New guide to reference
+books,” pp. _224-226_; Kroeger’s “Guide ... to reference books”; pp.
+_111-112_; Williams’s “Manual of book selection”; and Stewart and
+Clarke’s “Book selection.” The numerous guides named in these books
+should be carefully noted. If possible try to examine the books
+themselves and note their scope, standpoint, arrangement, and special
+features (if any).
+
+
+READING LIST.
+
+Baker--Book reviews. _L.A.R. Vol. 4, 1902, pp. 28-36._
+
+Bostwick--Librarian as censor. _L.J. Vol. 33, 1908, pp. 237-244;
+257-264._
+
+Brown--Manual of practical bibliography. _Chap. 7, pp. 115-142._
+
+Fay _and_ Eaton--Instruction in the use of books and libraries. _Part
+I. Chaps. 4-7, pp. 40-109._
+
+Hulme--Librarian’s aids. _L.A.R. Vol. 5, 1903, pp. 119-132._
+
+Mudge--New guide to reference books. _pp. 224-226._
+
+_or_ Kroeger--Guide to ... reference books, _pp. 111-117_.
+
+Peplow--Some tentative proposals for the compilation of a catalogue
+of best books. _L.A.R. Vol. II., 1909, pp. 222-228. Discussion, pp.
+245-249._
+
+Stewart--How to use a library. _pp. 24-31._
+
+Stewart _and_ Clarke--Book selection. _Chap. 2, pp. 7-16._
+
+Value of reviews: discussion. _L.J. Vol. 33, 1908, pp. 101._
+
+Williams--Manual of book selection. _Chap. 2, pp. 7-16._
+
+Williams--Book selection. _L. & B.W. Vol. 7, 1917, pp. 164-166; 182-5;
+202-5._
+
+
+QUESTIONS.
+
+_1._ Name six guides to book selection in general, and add notes
+describing the scope and plan of compilation of three of them.
+
+_2._ State how you would ascertain what later editions are available of
+books mentioned in the standard guides.
+
+_3._ Mention two standard works on each of the following subjects
+you would select for a lending library:--wireless telegraphy; French
+Revolution; English literature; modern history; and political economy.
+
+_4._ State what you consider to be the six most important contributions
+to bibliographical literature during the last ten years.
+
+_5._ What are the principal aids to book selection in the following
+subjects:--education; music; science; juvenile literature, and
+philosophy.
+
+
+_Lesson 5._
+
+PROSE FICTION. YOUNG PEOPLE’S LITERATURE. REFERENCE SECTION.
+
+(_a_) PROSE FICTION:--
+
+The selection of prose fiction is not an easy task. Selection should be
+made on principles as given in Lesson 3. Consideration must be given to
+the percentage of fiction in relation to other classes, also the class
+of fiction in demand. Principal authors of all countries should be
+represented. Foreign masterpieces should be obtainable in the original.
+Exclusion of immoral works essential. The librarian or selector will
+soon realise that he has the most difficult class of reader to satisfy.
+Selection of novelists will differ with each selector, as in most cases
+it will be found possible to make only a selection from a selection.
+About 50 new novels are published weekly, and only the largest
+libraries are able to purchase most of the suitable fiction. The
+question of duplication must be carefully considered. The replacement
+of worn-out and withdrawn books. The second-hand book market. A
+knowledge of the many guides to fiction necessary, supplemented by
+periodical literature. Note the literary histories of the various
+countries, especially the “Cambridge history of English literature”
+as useful guides to selection. For lists of bibliographies consult
+Williams’s “Manual of book selection,” pp. _45-47_, and Mudge’s “New
+guide to reference books,” pp. _141-143_.
+
+
+READING LIST.
+
+Bacon--What makes a novel immoral? _L.A. Vol. 13, 1910-13, pp. 129.
+Also in Wisconsin Library Bulletin, Vol. 6, 1910, pp. 83-95._
+
+Baker--French fiction in public libraries. _L.W. Vol. 2, 1899-1900, pp.
+68-81._
+
+Baker--Standard of fiction in public libraries. _L.A.R. Vol. 9, 1907,
+pp. 70-80; 98-103._
+
+Bascom--Selection of fiction. _Wisconsin Lib. Bul. Vol. 9, 1913, pp.
+34-40._
+
+Brown--In defence of Emma Jane. _L.W. Vol. II., 1908-09, pp. 161-6._
+
+Brown--Manual of library economy. _1907 edition. Chap. 11, para. 177,
+pp. 145-6._
+
+_or_ Revised edition by W. C. B. Sayers. _Sect. 181._
+
+Crunden--New novel problem. _L. (New Series). Vol. I., 1899-1900, pp.
+92-100._
+
+Guppy--French fiction and French juvenile literature for the public
+library. _L.A.R. Vol. 2, 1900, pp., 357-371._
+
+Herdman--Place and treatment of fiction in public libraries. L.A. _Vol.
+6, 1909, pp. 357-380. Discussion, pp. 381-2._
+
+McIntosh--Fiction selection. _P.L. Vol. 19, 1914, pp. 389-392._
+
+Sawyer--Questionable books. _L.J. Vol. 40, 1915, pp. 691-699._
+
+Shuman--How to judge a novel. _P.L. Vol. 14, 1909, pp. 259-260._
+
+Sinclair--In defence of the novel. _L.A. Vol. 18, 1925, pp. 35-47;
+56-57._
+
+Walsh--What our libraries should supply. _L.J. Vol. 40, 1915, pp.
+297-298._
+
+
+QUESTIONS.
+
+_1._ You are called upon to form a collection of 10,000 volumes of
+prose fiction. State what works you would consult to aid you in your
+selection?
+
+_2._ Compare the following bibliographies, as aids to the selection of
+prose fiction:--
+
+  Baker--A guide to the best fiction in English.
+
+  Bowen--Descriptive catalogue of historical novels and tales.
+
+  Nield---Guide to the best historical novels and tales.
+
+_3._ Give your opinion on how far foreign fiction should be represented
+in a public library. State whether you are in favour of the original
+works or of translations.
+
+
+(_b_) YOUNG PEOPLE’S LITERATURE:--
+
+Great care should be taken in the selection of books for the Young
+People’s department. The tastes of the children must be the _chief_
+guide, and this will depend to a considerable extent upon the locality
+in which the child lives. The facts of child psychology are always
+subject to local conditions. The selection of books for young people
+who reside in a residential town will differ, even if very slight,
+to the selection that should be made for children living in a busy
+industrial or manufacturing centre. Classical literature must not
+be forced upon young people, but it should be well represented in
+beautifully illustrated editions, to encourage the young people to read
+“the best.” The physical form of books selected must receive special
+consideration. Good paper, clear type and beautiful illustrations
+appeal to all readers. Cheap editions should be avoided. The aim of
+a juvenile collection is to create a reading adult with the ability
+to discriminate what he ought to read, for this reason educational
+editions are not recommended for purchase. Sensational literature is
+undesirable. Collections should be composed of works of romance and
+adventure, school stories, fairy tales, stories of home and domestic
+life. Books of a more serious nature however, must not be overlooked,
+and a choice selection made treating with the lives of the great
+men and women of all ages, botany, electricity, conduct of life,
+engineering, geology, history, sports and pastimes, aviation, wireless
+telegraphy, gardening, painting, art, natural history, etc.
+
+
+READING LIST.
+
+Bostwick--The making of an American’s library. _Boston, 1915, pp.
+91-123._
+
+Brown--The small library. _Chaps. 2 and 4, pp. 11-27; 55-70._
+
+Brown--Books for very young children. _L.W. Vol. 9, 1906-07, pp. 282-9._
+
+Cannons--Selection of books and editions for children. _L.A.R. Vol. 20,
+1918, pp. 68-76._
+
+Fay _and_ Eaton--Instruction in the use of books and libraries. _Part
+2. Chaps. 14-23, pp. 193-381._
+
+Field--Finger posts to children’s reading. _6th edition. Chicago, 1911._
+
+Forbes _and_ Derthick--Children’s books and what constitutes a good
+edition. _P.L. Vol. 17, 1912, pp. 118-20._
+
+Hazeltine, _editor_--Library work with children. _Classics of American
+Librarianship. H. W. Wilson Co.: New York, 1917; also Grafton, 7s. 6d.
+Special attention to pp. 23-45; 363-366._
+
+Hulst--The organisation of the course in literature in secondary
+schools. _English Journal. Vol. I., 1912, pp. 72-83._
+
+Hunt--Selection of children’s books. _In her Library work with
+children. A.L.A. Manual of library economy._
+
+Jackson--The older girl and her reading. _Ont. Lib. Rev. Vol. 9, 1915,
+pp. 54-56._
+
+Kelly--Selection of juvenile books for a small library. _P.L. Vol.14,
+1909, pp. 308-9; 367-372._
+
+Lawrence--How shall children be led to love good books? _P.L. Vol. 11,
+1906, pp. 179-183._
+
+Olcott---Childrens’ reading. _Boston, 1912._
+
+Pearson--The children’s librarian _versus_ Huckleberry Finn. _L.J. Vol.
+32, 1907, pp. 312-314._
+
+Powell--The Children’s library: a dynamic factor in education. _H.
+W. Wilson Co., New York, 1917; also Grafton, 10s. 6d. Chap. II. pp.
+287-319. The bibliography on book selection on pp. 437-452 is most
+valuable and should be carefully read._
+
+Sayers--The children’s library. _Chaps. 1, 15, 16, pp. 1-14; 156-203._
+
+Smith--Some story book children of England. _Ont. Lib. Rev. Vol. 9,
+1925, pp. 51-54._
+
+Terman _and_ Lima--Children’s reading: a guide for parents and
+teachers. _Appleton: New York, 1926. $2._
+
+Thompson--On the selection of books for children. _L.J. Vol. 32, 1907,
+pp. 427-233._
+
+Williams--Manual of book selection. _pp. 47-51._
+
+In addition to the above consult the “Children’s Catalogue,” _3rd
+edition, revised and enlarged_, compiled by Minnie Earl Sears based on
+“Children’s Catalog of thirty-five hundred books,” compiled by Corinne
+Bacon, containing _4,100_ titles with _863_ books analyzed, _640_
+pages. _H. W. Wilson Co, 1925, $12._ The Glasgow Corporation Public
+Libraries “Guide for young readers,” the “Descriptive handbook to
+juvenile literature in the Finsbury Public Libraries,” the “Requisition
+list of books for school lending libraries, by the London County
+Council,” “The Pittsburgh Carnegie Library graded juvenile catalogues,”
+and the bibliographical lists given in Sayers’s “Children’s Library.”
+
+
+QUESTIONS.
+
+_1._ Name six modern guides to juvenile selection, and describe any
+three of them.
+
+_2._ Prepare a list of 20 books which you consider the best works of
+reference for the shelves of a Young People’s Room, to enable the
+children to improve their scholastic studies.
+
+_3._ In selecting books for the Young People’s section how far would
+you be governed by the physical form of the book?
+
+
+(_c_) REFERENCE BOOKS:--
+
+Select collection of reference books is the foundation of a good
+reference library. Its utility reckoned by extent and quick service
+its selection will furnish when demands are made. Large reference
+libraries should satisfy all demands. Small library collection from
+a selection, with “quick reference” books its strongest section. How
+to judge whether a book is more suitable for the reference than the
+lending department. Place books in the department where they will be
+most useful. Such works as encyclopedias, directories, dictionaries,
+atlases, maps, etc., state and parliamentary papers are obviously
+reference books; antiquarian works and exceptionally large books are
+also reference books. Allocation of rare, art, and large books. Cost
+of a book should not be a consideration in deciding lending _versus_
+reference books. How far should duplication be carried? Great number of
+reference works may be obtained second hand. Latest editions, excepting
+art, essential. Occasional text-books necessary. Local industries well
+represented. How a reference library is supplemented when in the same
+building as the lending library. If lending library books are available
+in the reference library decision of allocation becomes easier. Special
+facilities available for the loan of reference books. Periodical
+literature is a valuable asset to a reference library. Many good
+articles never appear in book-form.
+
+
+READING LIST.
+
+Ballinger--Municipal library and its public. _L. (.N.S.). Vol 9, 1909,
+p. 309._
+
+Barrett--Selection of books for a reference library. _L. Vol. 8, 1896,
+pp. 473-481._
+
+Borrajo--Books for the reference library. _L.A.R. Vol. 1, 1899, pp.
+770-780._
+
+Brown--Manual of library economy. _1907 edition. Chap. 11, para. 185,
+pp. 152-3._
+
+_or_ Revised edition by W. C. B. Sayers. _Sects. 188; 411; pp. 176-177;
+382-386._
+
+British Museum.--_Department of printed books._ List of books forming
+the reference library in the reading room. _2 vols., 1910._
+
+Dent--Notes on the formation of a small reference library. _L. Vol. 8,
+1896, pp. 531-535._
+
+Moore--Municipal reference libraries. _In Public Libraries, 1917, pp.
+70-85._
+
+Mudge--New guide to reference books. _A.L.A. Chicago, 1923.
+Introduction._
+
+Reference work and reference works. _Ont. Lib. Rev. Vol. 4, 1920, pp.
+98-131. Every effort should be made to read this valuable article._
+
+Richardson--Reference books. _L.J. Vol. 18, 1892, pp. 245-247._
+
+Williams--Manual of book selection. _pp. 66-71._
+
+Williams--Reference book selection. _L. & B. W. Vol. 8, 1917, pp. 4-6;
+23-25._
+
+Wood--Selection of books for a reference library. _L. Vol. 8, 1896, pp.
+522-530._
+
+
+QUESTIONS.
+
+_1._ In forming a reference collection of 10,000 volumes, how would you
+ensure that no important author or subject had been missed?
+
+_2._ What principles would guide you in deciding whether a book is more
+suitable for the reference than the lending department?
+
+_3._ Give a list of 25 books (excluding local directories) which you
+think indispensable for “quick reference” in a reference library.
+
+_4._ What bibliographical guides would you provide in a reference
+library?
+
+
+_Lesson 6._
+
+COMMERCIAL LIBRARIES. LOCAL COLLECTIONS. OTHER SPECIAL COLLECTIONS.
+
+
+(_a_) COMMERCIAL LIBRARIES:--
+
+Originally organised to meet trade conditions after the European War.
+Should be the centre where business men may obtain reliable commercial
+information immediately on demand, and should contain Commercial
+and Industrial data (reports of Boards of Trade and Agriculture and
+Fisheries, Consular and Colonial reports, Parliamentary publications
+relating to commerce, trade periodicals and catalogues, reports
+of Chambers of Commerce, statistical publications). Geographical
+information (atlases, maps, gazetteers, directories, books of travel
+written from the standpoint of commercial development). Transport
+and communication (shipping, railway and postal guides, telephone
+directories, telegraphic codes). Financial information (tariffs,
+foreign exchanges, banking, company reports). Commercial and industrial
+law. Business organisation (office methods, advertising, salesmanship,
+works management, accountancy, costing, etc.). Working collection of
+special and general reference books. Journals of commerce, industry and
+finance.
+
+The following bibliographical aids should be examined:--
+
+  Cannons (H. G. T.)--Bibliography of industrial efficiency and factory
+  management. _1920._ Greenwood (E.)--Classified guide to technical
+  and commercial books; a subject list of the principal British and
+  American works in print. _1904._ Morley (L. H.) _and_ Knight
+  (A. C.)--2,400 business books and guide to business literature;
+  [compiled] under the direction of J. C. Dana. _1920. Grafton, 30s._
+
+
+READING LIST.
+
+Brown--Manual of library economy. _Revised edition by W. C. B. Sayers.
+Sects. 450-459, pp. 418-423._
+
+Jast--The commercial library. _L.A.R. Vol. 19, 1917, pp. 118-124._
+
+Pitt--Memoranda on commercial libraries. _L.A.R. Vol. 19, 1917, pp.
+175-178._
+
+Pitt _and others_--Commercial libraries. _In Public Libraries, 1917,
+pp. 47-64; 117-120._
+
+Savage--Technical and commercial libraries. _L.A.R., Vol. 20, 1918, pp.
+159-162._
+
+Sparke--How the public library can help the business man. _Bolton
+Public Libraries. 1s. Passim._
+
+Whitton--Proposed library of municipal affairs. _L.J. Vol. 33, 1908,
+pp. 224._
+
+_Refer also to_ Handbooks on commercial libraries issued by the
+Glasgow, Manchester, Bolton, Birmingham and other important libraries.
+
+
+QUESTIONS.
+
+_1._ What bibliographies would you place in a commercial library? Give
+reasons for your choice.
+
+_2._ Give a list of 25 books essential to the man of business.
+
+_3._ Discuss the value of consular and colonial reports in a commercial
+library.
+
+_4._ From what sources may the commercial librarian supply up-to-date
+information on any trade or industry?
+
+
+(_b_) LOCAL COLLECTIONS:--
+
+Every public library should have its local collection, and the book
+selector should keep a careful look out for (_1_) all literature
+referring to the locality; (_2_) maps, plans, prints, drawings,
+photographs, etc., of the locality; (_3_) writings of local authors;
+(_4_) newspapers and periodicals issued locally; (_5_) literature
+printed locally; (_6_) local records, such as parish registers, rate
+books, and other MSS., printed transactions of the local authorities,
+local Acts of Parliament, etc., and (_7_) specimens of the work of
+local binders, if of any eminence. Many local works may be selected
+from the second-hand booksellers’ catalogues. County bibliographies
+are useful in guiding selection, and the columns of the “Publishers’
+Circular” must not be overlooked.
+
+
+READING LIST.
+
+Anderton--On planning a printed catalogue of local literature. _L.A.R.
+Vol. 15, 1913, pp. 542-552._
+
+Baker--Our local collections and local documents. _L.A.R. Vol. 11,
+1909, pp. 96-98._
+
+Brown--Manual of library economy. _1907 edition, Chap. 11, para 186,
+pp. 153-4._
+
+_or_ Revised edition by W. C. B. Sayers. _Chap. 28, paras. 422-444._
+
+Collier--Local records in public libraries. _L.A.R. Vol. 13, 1911, pp.
+268-275._
+
+Minto--Bibliography of local literature. _L.A.R. Vol. 4, 1902, pp.
+37-44._
+
+Reese--What is a local author? _L.J. Vol. 44, 1919, p. 43._
+
+Ross--Book selection; local collections. _L.W. Vol. 10, 1907. pp.
+71-76._
+
+Sparke--Local collections in public libraries. _L.W. Vol. 2, 1899-1900,
+pp. 185-187._
+
+Webb--Function of the public library in respect to the political
+sciences. _L.A.R., Vol. 7, 1905._
+
+Williams--_In_ Manual of book selection. _pp. 61-62._
+
+Wright--Local collections: what should be collected and how to obtain
+material. _L.A.R. Vol. 7, 1905, pp. 1-11._
+
+
+QUESTIONS.
+
+_1._ State briefly what class of books you would select in forming a
+local collection.
+
+_2._ What principles would you follow in compiling a bibliography or
+catalogue of local books?
+
+_3._ What examples of local bibliographies are known to you? Describe
+any three.
+
+_4._ Describe generally the plan, contents and aim of the two following
+books:--
+
+  Sparke (A)--Bibliographia Boltoniensis: being a bibliography of
+  Bolton authors, _and_
+
+  Hawkes (A. J.)--Lancashire printed books: a bibliography of all the
+  books printed in Lancashire down to the year 1800. _1925._
+
+
+(_c_) OTHER SPECIAL COLLECTIONS:--
+
+_Technical Libraries._--Technical libraries are now essential both
+to technical education and to manufacture. They should consist of
+all modern text-books, encyclopædias, directories, etc. Polyglot and
+technological dictionaries. Current digests and indexes to periodical
+literature and state publications.
+
+
+READING LIST.
+
+Hulme--Technical libraries. _L.A.R. Vol. 19, 1917, pp. 484-497._
+
+Hulme _and others_--Technical libraries. _In Public Libraries, 1917,
+pp. 65-77; 114-117._
+
+Matthews--The technical library. _L.A.R. Vol. 22, 1920, pp. 141-157._
+
+Reynolds--The technical library in its relation to the educational and
+industrial development. _L.A.R. Vol. 19, 1917, pp. 250-261._
+
+Savage--Technical libraries. _L.A.R. Vol. 21, 1919, pp. 264-270._
+
+Savage--Technical and commercial libraries. _L.A.R. Vol. 20, 1918, pp.
+159-162._
+
+Simmett--Technical libraries and intelligence. _L.A.R. Vol. 22, 1920,
+pp. 124-140._
+
+
+QUESTIONS.
+
+_1._ What critical and specialised aids has the librarian to help him
+in his selection of technical books?
+
+_2._ How far is a library justified in forming special technical
+collections?
+
+
+_Foreign Collections_:--
+
+READING LIST.
+
+American Library Association--Foreign book lists. Nos. 1-7. Boston
+and Chicago. _A.L.A. Publishing Board, 1907-16. Contents--1.--German.
+2.--Hungarian. 3.--French. 4.--Norwegian and Danish. 5.--Swedish.
+6.--Polish. 7.--Russian._
+
+Williams--_In_ Manual of book selection. _pp. 72-75._
+
+Williams--Selection of foreign literature. _L. &. B.W. Vol. 8, 1917,
+pp. 25-26; 44-46._
+
+
+QUESTIONS.
+
+_1._ What bibliographical or other guides would you consult in forming
+a representative collection of standard French and German literature?
+
+_2._ What classes of modern foreign literature would you purchase for a
+lending library catering for a population of 200,000.
+
+
+_Books for the Blind._
+
+READING LIST.
+
+Neisser--Report of the A.L.A. Committee on library work with the blind.
+_A.L.A. Bulletin. Vol. 2, 1908, pp. 216-221._
+
+Roebuck--Literature for the blind, and the public library movement in
+connection therewith. _L.A. Vol. 3, 1902, pp. 253-260._
+
+
+_Lesson 7._
+
+SELECTION OF SPECIAL CLASSES OF LITERATURE--_continued_.
+
+PHILOSOPHY AND RELIGION.--Should the selection of philosophical
+and religious works be made without principles the result will be
+unsatisfactory. Consecutive reading must always be borne in mind.
+One-sided selection avoided. Nelson’s “Standard Books, Vols. _1_ and
+_2_, Sonnenschein’s “Best Books, Part _1_,” and Robertson’s “Courses
+of study,” should be carefully consulted when selection is being
+made. Sectarian and “crank” literature should be avoided in selecting
+religious works. Jastrow’s “Study of religion” is recommended for
+careful reading as an introduction to religion. Hurst’s “Biblioteca
+theologia” and _his_ “Literature of theology,” Frazer’s “Golden
+Bough,” Vol. _12_ (for bibliography) and Rands’ “Bibliography,” in
+Baldwin’s “Dictionary of philosophy and psychology,” Vol. _3_ are
+useful in selection. In both these classes modern thought must be well
+represented.
+
+
+READING LIST.
+
+Ayres--Theological literature in libraries. _L.J. Vol. 28, 1903, pp.
+601-603._
+
+Bisseker--A student’s library. _Kelly, 1911, pp. 46-122; 184-208;
+243-265; 271-280._
+
+Bowerman--Principles governing the choice of religious and theological
+books for public libraries. _L.J. Vol. 30, 1905, pp. 137-140._
+
+Deane--A library of religion. _Mowbray, 1918._
+
+Jastrow--Study of religion. _Cont. Science Series. Scott, 1901. Take
+particular note of the Bibliography on pp. 399-415._
+
+Williams--_In_ Manual of book selection. _pp. 20-24._
+
+
+QUESTIONS.
+
+_1._ What guide books would you consult in selecting a nucleus stock of
+books in philosophy and religion?
+
+_2._ How would you be guided in the discarding of obsolete books in
+this section?
+
+_3._ What are the principal periodical guides to new books of religion
+and philosophy?
+
+
+SOCIOLOGY.--Always a popular class of literature with the reading
+public. Frequent revision of stock is essential to retain a “live”
+class. Subjects like political science and statistics must be
+represented by the latest editions. The following are the chief
+guides to selection:--Nelson’s “Standard books,” Vol. _1_; Bisseker’s
+“Student’s library,” _pp. 209-239; 281-297_; Bliss’s “Handbook of
+socialism”; Bowker and Isle’s “Readers guide to economic, social,
+and political science”; Fabian Society’s “What to read on social and
+economic subjects”; Robertson’s “Courses of study”; Sonnenschein’s
+“Best books,” Vol. _2_; Stammhammer’s “Bibliographie der sozialismus
+und kommunismus”; “Bibliographie der sozialwissenschaften,” _1905_ to
+date; Bulkeley’s “Bibliographical survey of contemporary sources for
+the economic and social history of the War”; Zimand’s “Modern social
+movements”; and _in_ Williams’s “Manual of book selection,” _pp. 24-26_.
+
+
+QUESTIONS.
+
+_1._ How would you find out what later editions are available of books
+given in the standard guides?
+
+_2._ Give a brief account of Gross’s “Bibliography of British municipal
+history,” and its value in the selection of books on sociology.
+
+_3._ Draw up a graded reading course of not more than twelve books on
+political economy.
+
+
+SCIENCE AND TECHNOLOGY:--
+
+The two most important sections in a public library, as the subjects in
+both classes continually change and develop. In no other classes do
+works so soon become obsolete. Before making selection for an initial
+stock it is advisable to read through as many brief histories of the
+sciences as possible as they will enumerate the writers whose influence
+in the various sciences have been greatest. The standard bibliographies
+must be consulted in selecting initial stock, but when formed, it must
+be kept alive by a careful reading of the periodical literature, where
+the latest information will be obtained. As new editions of works in
+stock are published, they must be purchased if they contain additional
+or revised material, and take the place of the old edition on the
+shelf. The British Science Guild’s “Catalogue of British scientific and
+technical books,” first published in 1921, new and revised edition,
+1925, complete with author and subject indexes, together with the
+numerous guides mentioned in Mudge’s “New guide to reference books,”
+pp. _23_ (technical lists); _97-104_ and _104-114_ will render ample
+assistance to the selector, who will also find the British Museum
+Subject Index most useful for the titles of books in these classes
+published in England.
+
+
+READING LIST.
+
+Bisseker--A student’s library. _pp. 156-183; 266-270._
+
+Clarke--Scientific text books and the disposal of books out-of-date.
+_L. Vol. 6, 1894, pp. 164-167._
+
+Craver--The library in relation to special classes of readers. _L.J.
+Vol. 31, 1906, pp. 72._
+
+Hulme _and others_--Technical libraries. _In Public Libraries: their
+development and future organisation, 1917, pp. 65-77; 114-117._
+
+Jast--Technical libraries. _L.A.R. Vol. 5, 1903, pp. 467-472._
+
+Morris--Popular science for the public library. _Ont. Lib. Rev. Vol. 7,
+1922, pp. 27-50._
+
+Savage--Some difficulties in the selection of scientific and
+technological books. _L.A.R. Vol. 10, 1908, pp. 162-174._
+
+Savage--Science and technology in public libraries. _L. Vol. 12, 1909,
+pp. 1-4; 46-48._
+
+Sohon (J. A.) _and_ Schaaf (W. L.)--A reference list of bibliographies,
+chemistry, chemical technology and chemical engineering published since
+_1900_. _Wilson: New York, 1924. $2.50._
+
+Williams--_In_ Manual of book selection. _pp. 17-19; 28-30._
+
+
+QUESTIONS.
+
+_1._ “This section requires constant revision and weeding out if it is
+to be a live section.” Discuss this statement.
+
+_2._ Name a bibliography on each of the following subjects: astronomy;
+physics; botany; wireless telegraphy; chemical technology.
+
+_3._ Describe six general guides to book selection in this section.
+
+
+LITERATURE:--
+
+Very little material has been published on what is best to select in
+pure literature. Probably the article “Literature” in the Encyclopædia
+“Britannica” is the best introduction, followed by W. H. Hudson’s
+“An introduction to the study of literature”, H. B. Charlton’s “Art
+of literary study: an approach to literature for the plain man,”
+and Bisseker’s “A student’s library,” _pp. 11-45_, for general
+literature. For English the “Cambridge history of English literature,”
+_14_ vols., Knowlson’s “How to study English literature,” Manly and
+Rickert’s “Contemporary British literature,” and Williams’s “Craft of
+literature,” may be profitably read and Cant’s “Bibliography of English
+drama from _1890-1920_, giving separate titles and short annotations.”
+_L.A.R. Vol. 24, 1922, pp. 41-57_ and Brown’s “The realm of poetry,”
+_1921_ should be consulted. Pancoast’s “American literature,” and
+“History of American literature,” being supplementary volumes to the
+“Cambridge history of English literature,” should be followed for
+American literature. The bibliographies and many guides mentioned on
+_pp. 120-150_ in Mudge’s “New guide to reference books,” should be
+carefully looked through. “A register of bibliographies of the English
+language and literature, by C. S. Northup _and others_.” Milford,
+_1925_, should also be consulted. The general principles of book
+selection must now be applied, and care taken to be certain that the
+principal dramatists, poets, essayists, etc., are well represented.
+Text books dealing with the literary histories of all countries should
+be available, as well as all guides to literary forms.
+
+
+QUESTIONS
+
+_1._ What are the principal aids to book selection in the following
+subjects:--drama; American literature; English poetry; and Spanish
+literature?
+
+_2._ Name six dictionaries of quotations, and two of similes.
+
+_3._ Where several translations of a standard foreign work are
+available, how would you be guided in making your choice of one?
+
+
+LANGUAGE:--
+
+Systematic selection essential if the stock is to prove valuable
+and useful. The standard modern works on all languages should be
+represented and attention paid to the historical side. Naturally, works
+on our own language will have preference over all others, followed by
+a good selection of works on the French, German, Italian, Spanish and
+Russian languages. Other nationalities should be represented according
+to the demands made by the public. Students should read the article
+“Language” in the Encyclopædia Britannica, and as aids to selection
+consult the following works:--Nelson’s “Standard books,” Vol. _3_;
+Sonnenschein’s “Best books,” Vol. _3_; Breule’s “Handy bibliographical
+guide to the study of German language and literature”; Braunholtz’s
+“Books of reference and teachers of French”; Robertson’s “Courses of
+study”; and Williams’s “Manual of book selection,” _pp 26-27_.
+
+
+QUESTIONS.
+
+_1._ Give your opinion as to the best dictionary of the English
+language when the purchase is limited to one.
+
+_2._ Name dictionaries for the following subjects:-- synonyms; slang;
+rhymes.
+
+_3._ Name the best dictionaries for the following languages:
+Anglo-Saxon; French; German; Italian and Spanish.
+
+
+_Lesson 8._
+
+FINE AND RECREATIVE ARTS. HISTORY. BIOGRAPHY. GEOGRAPHY. TRAVEL.
+
+Fine and Recreative Arts.--Another class where principles must be
+carefully followed, otherwise a lot of money may be wasted. The general
+histories, text-books and outlines should present no difficulty. It is
+when we come to books where the illustrations form the predominating
+feature that difficulties arise. Many splendid guides are available,
+including Nelson’s “Standard books,” compiled by the staff of the
+National Art Library, South Kensington; Sturgis and Krehbiel’s
+“Annotated bibliography of Fine Art,” compiled by experts; and the
+British Museum Subject Index. For reference:--the “Universal catalogue
+of books on art,” _1870-77_; and Macfall’s “History of painting” are
+also useful. Bibliographical articles in the encyclopædias should not
+be overlooked. Note the bibliographies and guides mentioned in Mudge’s
+“Reference books,” _pp. 114-120_. Guides to special subjects are too
+numerous to mention here, and the student is referred to the lists
+published by the South Kensington Museum.
+
+
+READING LIST.
+
+Batsford--Some suggestions on the formation of a small library of
+reference books on ornament and the decorative arts. _L. Vol. 9, 1897,
+pp. 251-269._
+
+Books valuable in the study of art. _P.L. Vol. 13, 1908, pp. 253-4._
+
+Hitchcock--Books on fine and decorative arts suggested for small public
+libraries. _P.L. Vol. 7, 1902, pp. 25-27._
+
+McColvin--Music in public libraries. _Grafton, 1924. 7s. 6d. Passim._
+
+Mathews--Libraries and music. _L. Vol. 5, 1893, pp. 190-2._
+
+Musical libraries: discussion. _P.L. Vol. 3, pp. 53-4._
+
+Weale--Two notes for art libraries. _L. (N.S.), Vol. 1, 1899-1900, pp.
+365-7._
+
+Williams--Manual of book selection. _pp. 30-32._
+
+
+QUESTIONS.
+
+_1._ What principles would you be guided by in deciding what edition of
+a book should be purchased out of a number of editions?
+
+_2._ Mention the principal aids to book selection in any two of the
+following subjects:--Christian art; ceramics; decorative art; painting;
+freehand drawing; Italian art; schools of painting; music.
+
+_3._ Make a selection of periodicals useful as aids to book selection
+of fine and recreative arts.
+
+_4._ Discuss the advisability of co-operation by neighbouring libraries
+in the purchase of the larger and more expensive art books.
+
+_5._ State what books you would use to find the market price of the
+older art books.
+
+_6._ Name four booksellers who specialise in fine art books.
+
+History, Biography, Geography and Travel:--Consecutive selection
+necessary. All epochs should be represented and British history well
+covered. The chief guides to selection are Sonnenschein’s “Best books,”
+Vol. _3_; Nelson’s “Standard books”; Robertson’s “Courses of study”;
+Langlois’s “Manuel de bibliographie historique,” part _1_ (_1907_);
+Adams’s “Manual of historical literature” (_3rd revised edition,
+1903_); Annual bulletin and select lists of the Historical Association.
+Gross’s “Sources and literature of English history” and _his_
+“Bibliography of British municipal history” are excellent for British
+history. Sir P. Protheroe’s “Select analytical list of books concerning
+the Great (European) War” is the best guide to the literature of the
+European War.
+
+Bibliographies found in Mudge’s “Reference books,” _pp. 183-196_, the
+Cambridge Histories and the “Story of the Nations” series are valuable
+aids.
+
+Guides to biography are scarce but Chambers’s “Biographical
+dictionary,” Chambers’s “Encyclopædia,” and the “Dictionary of National
+biography” supplemented by Mudge, _pp. 150-168_, will answer most calls
+made upon them.
+
+Voyages and travels always command a good reading public but care
+should be taken to exclude ephemeral “globe-trotting” variety.
+
+For geography and travel Mill’s “Guide to geographical books and
+appliances,” revised by A. J. Herbertson and N. E. MacMunn will be
+found indispensable. It includes geographical novels, general reference
+works, lists of text-books, in fact nearly a bibliography of geography.
+The bibliographies found at the end of each chapter of Mill’s
+“International geography” will also be found useful. In the selection
+of the older books Anderson’s “Book of British topography” although now
+a little out of date is still valuable, and Mudge, _pp. 172-183_ should
+also be consulted.
+
+
+READING LIST.
+
+Adams--Manual of historical literature. _Harper: New York, 1903._
+
+Bibliographies in the “Story of the Nations” series.
+
+Bisseker--A student’s library. _pp. 123-155._
+
+Gross--Bibliography of British municipal history. _Longmans: New York,
+1897._
+
+Gross--Sources and literature of English history from the earliest
+times to about 1485. _Longmans, 1915._
+
+Hall--Methods of teaching history. _Harrap, 1913._
+
+Larned--Literature of American history. _A.L.A. Pub. Board, Boston._
+
+Langlois--Manuel de bibliographie historique. _2 vols._ _Hachette,
+Paris, 1901-04._
+
+Robertson--Courses of study. _pp. 139-328; 366-370._
+
+Sykes--Biography for a small library. _Ont. Lib. Rev. Vol. 2, 1918, pp.
+116-119._
+
+Williams--Manual of book selection. _pp. 52-55._
+
+
+QUESTIONS.
+
+_1._ Mention two books on each of the following subjects which you
+would recommend to a reader:--Joan of Arc; French Revolution; Oliver
+Cromwell; European War; London; Gunpowder Plot.
+
+_2._ Draw up an annotated reading course of not less than ten books on
+British history.
+
+_3._ Name six periodicals valuable as aids to book selection in this
+section.
+
+
+_Lesson 9._
+
+SELECTION OF PERIODICALS.
+
+Primary object in the selection of periodicals should be to supplement
+the stock of books in the library by up-to-date literature not
+available in book form. The second consideration should be to aim at
+supplying magazines for recreation as well as instruction. On the
+same principle that crank and sectarian works are prohibited from the
+best book stocks so should periodicals of this nature be excluded.
+Trade, scientific, technical, and special periodicals should receive
+first consideration, and special attention given to the papers that
+cover the chief industries of the town to be served. A good selection
+of periodicals dealing with literature, art, science, etc., will add
+attractiveness to the room. Newspapers selected should represent
+the political parties impartially. The various press guides, lists
+published by large libraries, such as the Mitchell Library and
+Cannons’s “Classified guide to _1,700_ annuals, directories and year
+books,” _Grafton. 1923, 5s._, will be found useful in the selection of
+this class of literature.
+
+
+READING LIST.
+
+Briscoe--Selection of periodicals. _L.W. Vol. 12, 1909-10, pp. 215-216._
+
+Brown--Manual of library economy. _1907 edition._ _Chap._ 11. _para.
+200, pp. 163-165_.
+
+_or_ Revised edition by W. C. B. Sayers. _Chap. 13, paras. 203-204._
+
+Brown--Selection of current periodicals. _L.A.R. Vol. 6, pp. 591-597._
+
+Dana--Periodicals for a small library. _P.L. Vol. 11, 1906, p. 367._
+
+Mudge--New guide to reference books. _pp. 5-23._
+
+Kroeger--Guide to ... reference books. _pp. 1-31._
+
+Steele--A selected list of periodicals which review books. _Ont. Lib.
+Rev., Vol. 8, 1923, pp. 12-13._
+
+Walter--Periodicals for a small library. _1919 edition. A.L.A. Pub.
+Board, Chicago. 1919. 15c._
+
+
+QUESTIONS.
+
+_1._ Make an annotated list of the monthly and quarterly periodicals
+you would consider necessary in a reading room serving a population of
+100,000.
+
+_2._ Briefly describe how you would deal with periodicals offered
+gratis.
+
+_3._ Make a selection of newspapers and periodicals on:--economics,
+education, engineering, not more than six on each, indicating their
+valuable features and giving published prices.
+
+_4._ Describe the general contents and special features of any three of
+the following periodicals, and any two of the annuals:--
+
+  English Review        Connoisseur
+  Whitaker’s Almanack   Ueber Land und Meer
+  Revue des deux mondes British Trade Year Book
+  The Reader            Librarians’ Guide
+  Annual Register       Decimal Educator
+
+_5._ Make an annotated list of ten periodicals you would select for a
+Young People’s Reading Room.
+
+
+TEST EXAMINATION.
+
+_Questions to be answered without the aid of text-books, notes, etc._
+
+_1._ Write a short essay on the principles of book selection as applied
+to public libraries.
+
+_2._ Name the various kinds of bibliographies available as aids to book
+selection, and give an account of two in each section.
+
+_3._ State briefly what you know of the following catalogues, giving
+the method of arrangement of each:--British Museum; London Library;
+John Rylands Library, and Cambridge University.
+
+_4._ What do you consider to be the twelve best guides to book
+selection?
+
+_5._ Discuss the value of “The Annual Register” as an aid to book
+selection.
+
+_6._ What books of reference would you consult for anonymous and
+pseudonymous works in (_1_) English, (_2_) French and (_3_) German?
+
+_7._ What authors would you recommend to a reader desirous of being
+acquainted with Napoleon I.; psychoanalysis; parliament; philately;
+Marie Antoinette; Spanish literature; League of Nations, and wireless
+telegraphy.
+
+_8._ Give reasons for and against the desirability of not purchasing
+fiction until a year after publication.
+
+_9._ Describe briefly not more than six catalogues of libraries
+specially serviceable as aids to book selection.
+
+_10._ State briefly on what principles you would be guided in accepting
+or declining donations of books.
+
+_11._ Give an annotated list of twelve periodicals you would consider
+necessary in a Ladies’ Reading Room.
+
+_12._ Name twelve periodicals that should be permanently stored in a
+public reference library.
+
+
+FACTORS AND NOTES RELATING TO BOOK SELECTION.
+
+(_1_) SELECT LIST OF UNIVERSAL BIBLIOGRAPHIES.
+
+_Note.--An universal bibliography has not yet been compiled but the
+following are recognised as units towards such a work._
+
+_1._ Bibliographical Society of America.--Census of fifteenth century
+books owned in America; compiled by a Committee of the Bibliographical
+Society of America. _New York, 1919._
+
+_2._ British Museum Library.--Catalogue of books printed in the 15th
+century now in the British Museum. _London, 1912-1916. Parts 1-4._
+
+_3._ Brunet (Jacques Charles)--Manuel du libraire et de l’amateur de
+livres. 5 éd. originalt entiérement refinde et augm d’un tiers. _Paris,
+Didot, 1860-65. 6 Vols._
+
+----Supplément, par P. Deschamps et G. Brunet. _Paris, Didot, 1878-80.
+2 Vols._
+
+_4._ Ebert (Friedrich Adolf)--General bibliographical dictionary, from
+the German of F. A. Ebert. _Oxford University Press, 1837. 4 Vols._
+
+_5._ Georgi (Gottlieb)--Allgemeines europaisches bucherlexicon in
+wilchem die allermeisten autores zu finden, welche noch vor dem anfange
+des XVI. seculi bis 1739, in vire theile abgetheilet. _Leipzig, Gorgi,
+1742. 4 parts in one._
+
+  ----Fünffter theil. In welchem die franzosischen auctores und bücher
+  von allen disciplinen, in alphabetischer ordung zu finden. _Leipzig,
+  1753._
+
+  ----Erstes (bis drittes) supplement, _1739-1757. Leipzig, 1750-1758.
+  3 vols._
+
+_6._ Græsse (Johann Georg Theodor)--Trésor de livres rares et précieux.
+_Dresden, 1859-1869. 7 vols._
+
+_7._ Hain (Ludwig Friedrich Theodor)--Repertorium bibliographicum ad
+annum M.D. _Stuttgart, Cottæ, 1826-38. 2 vols, in 4._
+
+  ----Supplement to Hain’s “Repertorium bibliographicum”; or,
+  collection towards a new edition of that work, _par_ W. A. Copinger.
+  _London, Sotheran, 1895-1902. 2 vols. in 3._
+
+  ----Appendices ad Hainii-Copingeri “Repertorium bibliographicum”;
+  additiones et emendationes editit Dietericus Reichling. _Monachii,
+  Rosenthal, 1905-11. 7 vols._
+
+  ----Supplementum cum indice urbium et typographorum. Accedit index
+  auctorum generalis totius operis. _Monasterii Guestphalorum,
+  Theissingianis, 1914._
+
+  ----Supplement zu Hain und Panzer. Beiträge zur inkunabel
+  bibliographie. Nummern--concordanz von Panzer’s lateinischen und
+  deutschen Annalen und Ludwig Hain’s “Repertorium bibliographicum” par
+  Konrad Burger. _Leipzig, Hiersemann, 1908._
+
+  ----Ludwig Hain’s “Repertorium bibliographicum Register.” Die drucker
+  des XV. jahrhunderts. _Leipzig. Harrassowitz, 1891._
+
+_8._ Maittaire (Michael)--Annales typographici ab artis inventae
+origine ad annum 1664. _Hagae-Comitum, 1719-41. 5 Vols._
+
+  ----Supplementum adornavit M. Denis. _Viennae, 1789, 2 vols._
+
+_9._ Panzer (Georg Wolfgang Franz)--Annales typographici ab artis
+inventae origine ad annum 1536. _Norimbergae, 1793-1803. 11 vols._
+
+_10._ Peddie (Robert Alexander)--Conspectus incunabulorum: an index
+catalogue of fifteenth century books, with references to Hain’s
+“Repertorium,” Copinger’s “Supplement,” Proctor’s “Index,” Pellechet’s
+“Catalogue,” Campbell’s “Annales” and other bibliographies. _London,
+1910-1914. 2 vols._
+
+_11._ Pellechet (Marie Léontine Catherine)--Catalogue général des
+incunables des bibliothèques publiques de France. _Paris, Picard,
+1897-1909. Vols. 1-3._
+
+_12._ Proctor (Robert)--Index to the early printed books in the British
+Museum from the invention of printing to the year 1500, with notes of
+those in the Bodleian Library. _London, Paul, 1898-99. 4 vols._
+
+  ---- Part _2_, _1501-20_. Section _1_, Germany. _London, Paul, 1903._
+
+  ---- Supplements, _1898-1902_. _London, 1900-03. 5 parts._
+
+_13._ Prussian Board of Education--Gesamtkatalog der Wiegendrucke.
+Herausgegeben von der Kommission fur den Gesamtkatalog der
+Wiegendrucke. _Band 1. Abano-Alexius, Leipzig, 1925, Verlag von Karl W.
+Hiersemann. Quaritch, 1925. £3 7s. 6d. To be completed in 12 volumes.
+The most complete catalogue of Incunabula._
+
+_14._ Quaritch (Barnard)--General catalogue of books offered to the
+public at the affixed prices. _London, 1887-97. 7 vols. and Supp._
+
+_15._ Watt (Robert)--Bibliotheca Britannica; or, A general index to
+British and Foreign literature. _2 parts. Edinburgh, Constable, 1824. 4
+vols._
+
+
+(_2_) SELECT LIST OF TRADE BIBLIOGRAPHIES.
+
+AMERICAN:--
+
+Roorbach (Orville Augustus)--Bibliotheca Americana _1820-61_. _New
+York, Roorbach, 1852-61. 4 vols._
+
+A catalogue of American publications arranged alphabetically by authors
+and titles. Publisher, date, size and price also given.
+
+Kelly (James)--American catalogue of books published in the United
+States from January, 1861 to January, 1871. _New York, Wiley, 1866-71.
+2 vols._
+
+Alphabetical arrangement under authors, titles and subjects. Gives full
+particulars of publishers and prices. Well annotated. A continuation of
+Roorbach’s work. American catalogue of books _1876-1910_. _New York,
+Publisher’s Weekly, 1881-1911 9 vols._
+
+  The standard American list for the period covered (Mudge).
+
+United States catalog: books in print January, 1912; edited by Marion
+E. Potter and others. _3rd edition. White Plains, New York, Wilson,
+1912._
+
+---- Supplement, _1912-17_. _New York, Wilson, 1918._
+
+---- Supplement, January, _1918_--June, _1921_. _New York, Wilson,
+1921._
+
+Indispensable to the American book selector.
+
+
+_Annual:--_
+
+Annual American Catalogue, 1886-1910. _New York, Publisher’s Weekly,
+1887-1911. No more published._
+
+United States catalog. Annual. _New York, Wilson._
+
+  An annual dictionary catalogue.
+
+
+_Monthly:--_
+
+Cumulative book index. _White Plains, New York, Wilson, 1898-1922.
+Vols. 1-24._
+
+
+ENGLISH:--
+
+Arber (Edward)--Term catalogues, _1668-1709_ A.D. with a number for
+Easter term, _1711_ A.D.; a contemporary bibliography of English
+literature in the reigns of Charles II., James II., William and Mary,
+and Anne; edited from the very rare quarterly lists of new books issued
+by booksellers of London. _3 vols. London, Arber, 1903-06._
+
+---- Transcript of the registers of the Company of Stationers of
+London, _1554-1640_. _London, 1875-77. 4 vols. Index. 1894._
+
+  A record of all books deposited at Stationers’ Hall during the period
+  covered.
+
+English catalogue of books published _1801-1920_. _London, Low,
+1864-1901. Publisher’s Circular, 1912-21. 11 vols._
+
+---- Index to the English catalogue of books. _London, Low, 1858-93. 4
+vols._
+
+  An annual catalogue, with five yearly cumulations. Comprising an
+  alphabetical list under authors, titles and subjects of the books
+  issued in the United Kingdom. Full imprint, particulars of price,
+  month of publication, publisher, etc. Contains also lists of
+  publications of societies and a full directory of publishers.
+
+Reference catalogue of current literature, containing the full titles
+of books now in print and on sale, with the prices at which they may be
+obtained of all booksellers, and an index containing nearly one hundred
+and eighty-five thousand references. _3 vols. London, Whitaker._
+
+  The most important English trade bibliography. Issued every few
+  years. Consists of the catalogues of the principal English publishers
+  arranged alphabetically by name of publisher.
+
+Book auction records (formerly known as “Sale records,”) a priced and
+annotated record of London, Dublin, Edinburgh, Glasgow and Amercian
+book auctions. June, _1902_ to date. _London, Stevens._
+
+  Each number is arranged alphabetically by authors, with an index in
+  each volume.
+
+Book-prices current. December, _1886_ to date. _London, Stock._
+
+  Index to the first ten volumes. _1887-1896. London, Stock, 1901._
+
+  Index for the second decade. _1897-1906_. _London, Stock, 1909._
+
+  Index for the third decade. _1907-1916. London, Stock, 1920._
+
+
+FRENCH:--
+
+Catalogue général de la librairie française, _1840-1918_. _Paris,
+Jordell, 1867-1921. 28 vols._
+
+  The standard French trade bibliography, and a most valuable modern
+  national bibliography.
+
+
+_Annual:--_
+
+Catalogue mensuel de la librairie francaise.
+
+  Monthly numbers bound together forming the annual volume. Contains
+  indexes of authors, titles and subjects.
+
+
+_Monthly:--_
+
+Catalogue mensuel de la librairie française. _1876-1921. Paris._
+
+A classified list.
+
+
+GERMAN:--
+
+Heinsius (Wilhelm)--Allgemeines bucher-lexikon, _1700-1892_. _Leipzig,
+Brockhaus, 1812-1894. 19 vols._
+
+  No more published.
+
+Kayser (Christian Gottlob)--Vollstandiges bucher-lexikon, _1750-1910_.
+_Leipzig, 1834-1910. 36 vols._
+
+Hinrichs (J. C.) _Publishers_--Funfjahrs-katalog der im deutschen
+buchhandel erschienenen bucher, zeitschriften, landkarten, etc., titel
+verzeichnis und sachregister, 1851-1912. _Leipzig, Hinrichs, 1857-1913.
+13 vols._
+
+Deutsches bucherverzeichnis der jahre _1911-20_. _4 vols._
+
+  A continuation of Heinsius, Kayser, and Hinrichs, Funfjahrs-katalog.
+
+
+_Monthly:--_
+
+  Allgemeine bibliographie. _Leipzig, Brockhaus, 1856 to date._
+
+
+(_3_) SELECT LIST OF GENERAL BIBLIOGRAPHIES.
+
+American Library Association--A.L.A. Catalog. _8,000_ volumes for
+a popular library; with notes, _1904_ ... edited by Melvil Dewey.
+_Government Printing Office: Washington, 1904. $1._
+
+  The chief aim of this selection is to assist in the formation of a
+  public library stock, and is specially adopted for the use of smaller
+  libraries.
+
+A.L.A. Catalog, _1904-1911_. Class List, 3,000 titles for a popular
+library; edited by Elva L. Bascom. _Chicago: A.L.A. Pub. Board, 1912.
+350 pp. 26 cm. $1.50._
+
+  Supplement to the A.L.A. Catalog _1904_.
+
+Nelson, Thomas _and_ Sons, _Publishers_.--Standard Books: an annotated
+and classified guide to the best books in all departments of
+literature; with copious index of subjects and biographical notes of
+authors. _4 vols. 1910-14._
+
+_Contents_:--_Vol. 1_--General Works. History. Geography. Biography and
+Travel. Sociology. Philosophy. Sport. Law and Administration. Education.
+
+_Vol. 2._--Religion. Science. Useful Arts.
+
+_Vol. 3._--Fine and Recreative Arts. Philology. Literature. Children’s
+Books.
+
+_Vol. 4._--Author Index. General Subject Index. Index of Publishers.
+
+Each subject is edited by a specialist in collaboration with one or
+more librarians. Annotations are very full and publishers and prices
+are given.
+
+Sonnenschein, William Swan--The Best Books: a reader’s guide to the
+best available books (about _100,000_) ...; with the dates of the first
+and last editions, and the price, size, and publisher’s name (both
+American and English) of each book. _3rd edition, entirely re-written.
+George Routledge & Sons, Ltd., London. Putnam, New York. 3 parts. In
+Progress. 1910. £2 2s. net._
+
+_Contents_:--_Part 1._--Theology. Mythology and folk-lore. Philosophy.
+
+_Part 2._--Society. Geography. Travel and Topography. Education.
+Ethnology.
+
+_Part 3._--History, Biography. Science. Arts. Philology. Literature.
+Complete Indexes.
+
+A very useful classified bibliography.
+
+
+(_4_) BIBLIOGRAPHIES OF BIBLIOGRAPHY.
+
+Courtney (William Prideaux)--Register of national bibliography; with,
+a selection of the chief bibliographical books and articles printed in
+other countries. _London, Constable, 1905-12. 3 vols._
+
+Arranged alphabetically by the subjects of the bibliographies listed.
+
+Josephson (Aksel Gustav Salomon)--Bibliographies of bibliography
+chronologically arranged, with occasional notes and an index.
+_Bibliographical Society of Chicago, Chicago, 1901. Second edition,
+1913._
+
+Petzholdt (Julius)--Bibliotheca bibliographica. _Leipzig, Engelmann,
+1866._
+
+A careful and accurate bibliography. Classified, with an author index
+and full annotations.
+
+Stein (Henri)--Manuel de bibliographie générale: bibliotheca
+bibliographica nova. _Paris, Picard, 1897._
+
+_Contents._--Universal bibliographies. National and regional
+bibliographies. Subject bibliographies, and appendices. A classified
+bibliography with critical and descriptive annotations, and a subject
+index.
+
+Vallée (Léon)--Bibliographie des bibliographies. _Paris, Terquem, 1883._
+
+Supplement. _Paris, Terquem, 1887._
+
+An alphabetical author list with a subject index. A useful work if used
+as an author index to Stein’s “Manuel de bibliographie générale.”
+
+
+_Bibliographical Works_:--
+
+British Museum--List of bibliographical works in the Reading Room of
+the British Museum. _2nd edition, revised. 1889._ Much out of date, but
+useful for older books.
+
+
+(_5_) ANNUAL OUTPUT OF BOOKS IN THE UNITED KINGDOM.
+
+_Books in 1925._
+
+According to the “Publishers’ Circular” more books were published
+during _1925_ than in any previous year in the history of British book
+production. A total of _13,202_ is recorded as having been published
+in the United Kingdom. This is an increase of _496_ over the total
+for _1924_. This increase has taken place in the “new books” as
+distinguished from “new editions,” etc., and is shown in detail in the
+following figures for this year and last year:--
+
+                      _1924_   _1925_
+  New books           _8024_   _8520_
+  Translations         _321_    _307_
+  Pamphlets           _1168_   _1150_
+                      -------- -------
+  Total new books     _9513_   _9977_
+  New editions        _3193_   _3225_
+                      -------- -------
+             Total  _12,706_  _13202_
+
+The following details show how the totals for the various classes of
+books vary from those of the previous year. Increases are shown in
+Juvenile Literature (_108_), Law (_88_), Military and Naval (_74_),
+Philology (_60_), Biography (_55_), Agriculture and Gardening (_46_)
+and Science (_32_). The decreases are General Works (_49_), Fine Arts
+(_44_), Fiction (_32_), Philosophy (_29_), and Poetry and Drama (_16_).
+
+The following totals for the years since _1913_ (the pre-war record
+year) are of considerable interest:--
+
+   Year.   New Books.   New Editions.   Total
+  _1913_     _9541_        _2838_      _12379_
+  _1914_     _8863_        _2674_      _11537_
+  _1915_     _8499_        _2166_      _10665_
+  _1916_     _7537_        _1612_       _9149_
+  _1917_     _6606_        _1525_       _8131_
+  _1918_     _6750_         _966_       _7716_
+  _1919_     _7327_        _1295_       _8622_
+  _1920_     _8738_        _2266_      _11004_
+  _1921_     _8757_        _2269_      _11026_
+  _1922_     _8754_        _2088_      _10842_
+  _1923_     _9246_        _3028_      _12274_
+  _1924_     _9513_        _3193_      _12706_
+  _1925_     _9977_        _3225_      _13202_
+
+The above tables show that during the years _1913-1925_ no fewer than
+_139,253_ books were published in the United Kingdom. It is when
+we realise such a fact as this that we should appreciate the great
+importance of book selection to the librarian.
+
+
+(_6_) INITIAL STOCK FOR A PUBLIC LIBRARY.
+
+In selecting the initial stock for a Public Library the following
+principles should be considered: (_a_) size of the locality; (_b_)
+the sum of money available for books; (_c_) the geographical position
+of the library in relation to other libraries. Before any books are
+actually purchased, the tables of the classification to be adopted
+should be taken and each section checked with the corresponding section
+of proposed purchases. This will immediately show any important
+omissions.
+
+
+(_7_) PROPORTIONAL REPRESENTATION OF CLASSES.
+
+The proportion of books to be purchased in each class of literature
+will depend largely upon the social conditions of the locality and the
+prominence of local industries.
+
+The following table is merely suggestive:--
+
+  General Works                       _3%_
+  Philosophy                          _3%_
+  Religion                            _6%_
+  Sociology                           _6%_
+  Philology                           _2%_
+  Natural Science                     _8%_
+  Useful Arts                         _9%_
+  Fine and Recreative Arts            _7%_
+  Literature                         _35%_
+  History, Travel and Biography      _21%_
+
+
+(_8_) REFERENCE AND LENDING LIBRARY STOCKS.
+
+The average proportions of Lending and Reference Library stocks are:
+Lending, 62%; Reference, 38%.
+
+
+(_9_) PROPORTION OF INCOME FOR BOOKS AFTER ORGANISATION.
+
+18% of income should be spent on books, including old books and
+replacements.
+
+
+(_10_) TWENTY-FIVE “QUICK-REFERENCE” BOOKS FOR THE OPEN SHELVES IN A
+REFERENCE LIBRARY.
+
+_(Arranged according to the Dewey Classification as a mnemonic aid)._
+
+  Encyclopædia Britannica.
+  Baldwin--Dictionary of psychology and philosophy.
+  Hastings--Dictionary of religion and ethics.
+  Hastings--Dictionary of the Bible.
+  Cruden--Concordance.
+  Palgrave--Dictionary of political economy.
+  Mulhall--Dictionary of statistics.
+  Every Man’s Own Lawyer.
+  Webster--English dictionary.
+  Murray--New English dictionary.
+  Clifton and Grimaux--English-French and French-English dictionary.
+  Grimm--Deutsches Worterbuch.
+  Lewis and Short--Latin dictionary.
+  Liddell and Scott--Greek Lexicon.
+  Watts--Dictionary of chemistry.
+  Quain--Medical dictionary.
+  Knight--Business cyclopædia and legal adviser.
+  Thorpe--Dictionary of applied chemistry.
+  Bryan--Dictionary of painters and engravers.
+  Grove--Dictionary of music and musicians.
+  Cambridge History of English literature.
+  Haydn--Dictionary of dates.
+  Dictionary of national biography.
+  Chambers’s Biographical dictionary.
+  Low and Pulling--Dictionary of English history.
+
+
+(_11_) FOURTEEN AUTHOR CONCORDANCES.
+
+BURNS. Reid--Complete word and phrase concordance to the poems and
+songs of Robert Burns.
+
+COWPER. Neve--Concordance to the poetical works of William Cowper.
+
+DANTE ALIGHIERI. Fay--Concordance of the Divina Commedia.
+
+  Sheldon _and_ White--Concordanz a delle opere italiane in prosae del
+  Canzoniere di Dante Alighieri.
+
+GRAY. Cook--A concordance to the English poems of Thomas Gray.
+
+HOMER. Dunbar--Complete concordance to the Odyssy and Hymns of Homer.
+
+MILTON. Lockwood--Lexicon to the English poetical works of John Milton.
+
+POPE. Abbott--Concordance to the works of Alexander Pope.
+
+SCOTT. Redfern--The wisdom of Sir Walter.
+
+SHAKESPEARE. Bartlett--New and complete concordance of William
+Shakespeare.
+
+  Clarke--Complete concordance to Shakespeare.
+
+SHELLEY. Ellis--Lexical concordance to the poetical works of P. B.
+Shelley.
+
+TENNYSON. Baker--Concordance to the poetical and dramatic works of
+Alfred Lord Tennyson.
+
+  Brightwell--Concordance to the entire works of Alfred Tennyson.
+
+
+(_12_) FORTY USEFUL BOOKS FOR THE YOUNG PEOPLE’S ROOM.
+
+Bailey (M. E.)--Boys’ and girls’ ask at home questions. _Illus. 1917._
+Explains many things in nature and life which puzzle children.
+
+Baker (E. A.)--Cassell’s New English Dictionary; with an appendix.
+_1919._ Includes a supplement of War words.
+
+Bartlett (J.), _editor_.--Familiar quotations. _1917._ From ancient and
+modern literature.
+
+Brewer (E. C.)--The reader’s handbook. _1919._ Famous names in fiction,
+allusions, references, proverbs, plots, stories and poems.
+
+Chambers’s Biographical Dictionary; edited by D. Patrick and F. H.
+Groome. _1908._ Brief lives of “the great of all times and nations.”
+
+Chambers’s Twentieth Century Dictionary of the English Language; edited
+by T. Davidson. _Illus. 1916._
+
+Champlin (J. D.) _Junior_.--The young folks cyclopædia of common
+things. _2nd edition, enlarged. Illus. 1896._ An attempt to bring
+encyclopædic knowledge within the range of a child’s intellect.
+Articles very brief and simply told. Index.
+
+Champlin (J. D.) _Junior_.--The young folks’ cyclopædia of natural
+history; with editorial co-operation and an introduction by F. A.
+Lucas. _Illus. 1905._ The cyclopædia covers the entire animal kingdom
+in an elementary manner.
+
+Crawford (W. R.)--Common words commonly mispronounced. _1894._ A
+dictionary of correct pronunciation.
+
+Dalgleish (W. S.)--The great authors of English literature. _Illus.
+1917._ Contains their lives, and selections from their writings.
+
+Dana (Mrs. W. S.)--How to know the wild flowers. The flowers are
+arranged according to colour.
+
+Dickinson (A. D.)--One thousand best books. _1924._ Compiled from over
+fifty published lists of best books made by the librarian and scholars
+of the University of Pennsylvania.
+
+Everyman’s Encyclopædia; edited by Boyle. _12 vols. Illus._
+
+Fallows (S.)--A complete dictionary of synonyms and antonyms. _1898._ A
+dictionary of words with the same and opposite meanings.
+
+Gibson (C. R.)--The great ball on which we live. _1915._ Description of
+the earth and the forces of nature.
+
+Gibson (C. R.)--Great inventions and how they were invented. _1924._
+Descriptions of wonderful machines and appliances.
+
+Hall (Cyril)--Conquests of engineering. _Illus. 1926._ Describes the
+construction of bridges, tunnels, canals, docks and harbours.
+
+Hawks (E.)--The boys’ book of astronomy. _1914._
+
+Haydn--Dictionary of dates. A record of the chief events in the world’s
+history.
+
+Holden (E. S.)--The sciences. _Illus. 1903._ On astronomy, physics,
+chemistry, meteorology, etc., and their application to the arts and to
+daily life.
+
+Kernahan (C.)--The reading girl. _1925._ Chats on the choice of books
+and methods of reading.
+
+Kirkby (M.) _and_ Kirkby (E.)--The world at home. _Illus. 1912._
+Describes the life of the people, and the animals, birds, plants, and
+insects of foreign countries.
+
+Lyttelton (Mary), _editor_.--A girl’s book of verse. _1925._
+
+Maule (H. E.)--The boys’ book of inventions. _2 vols. Illus. 1921._
+Describes the new inventions. The aeroplane. Wireless telegraphy. Tesla
+turbine. Submarines, etc.
+
+Marshall (H. E.)--English literature for boys and girls. _1924._
+
+Mee (Arthur)--The children’s Bible. _1923._ Beautifully illustrated
+from the Art Galleries of the world.
+
+Mee (Arthur)--The children’s encyclopædia. _8 vols. Col. Illus._
+Articles very brief and simply told.
+
+Mee (Arthur)--One thousand beautiful things. _1925._ Chosen from the
+life and literature of the World.
+
+Morison (R. C. H.), _editor_.--Chambers’s Recitations for children.
+Specially selected for the young.
+
+Olcott (W. T.)--Book of the stars for young people.
+
+O’Neill (Elizabeth)--The world’s story: a simple history for boys and
+girls. _1923._
+
+Patrick (D.) _and_ Geddie (W.), editors.--Chambers’s Concise gazetteer
+of the world. _1919._
+
+Philip (George), _editor_.--Senior School Atlas. _1921._
+
+Philip (A. M.), _editor_.--A boy’s book of verse. _1925._
+
+Pritchard (A. M.) _and_ Hobbs (E. W.)--Wireless construction. _1925._
+
+Roget (P. M.)--Thesaurus of English words and phrases. _1918._ An aid
+to English composition.
+
+Synge (M. B.)--The story of the world. _2 vols. Maps. Illus. Vol.
+1_--Abraham to A.D. _1745. Vol. 2--1745-1903._
+
+Things all scouts should know. _Illus. 1919._ Information about the
+navy, army, ships, railways, things seen in town and country, etc.
+
+Turley (Charles)--The voyages of Captain Scott. _1914._ Shows the
+heroism of the men who gave their lives in the search for the South
+Pole.
+
+Williams (Archibald)--The boys’ guide. _Illus. 1921._ Indoor and
+outdoor games, sports, and recreations, photography, model making, use
+of tools, motor cycles, pets, stamp collecting, reading, etc.
+
+
+
+
+COURSE 3: THEORY OF CLASSIFICATION.
+
+
+TEXT BOOKS REQUIRED.
+
+Brown (J. D.)--Library classification and cataloguing. _Grafton, 1912.
+10s. 6d._
+
+Jevons (W. S.)--Elementary lessons in logic. _Macmillan, 1909. 3s. 6d._
+
+Richardson (S. C.)--Classification, theoretical and practical; together
+with an appendix, containing an essay towards a bibliographical history
+of systems of classification. _Scribner, 1912. Also Grafton, 6s. 3d._
+
+Sayers (W. C. B.)--Canons of classification applied to “The
+Subject,” “The Expansive,” “The Decimal,” and “Library of Congress”
+classifications: a study in bibliographical classification method.
+_Grafton, 1915. 3s. 6d._
+
+Sayers (W. C. B.)--An introduction to library classification,
+theoretical, historical and practical; and, A short course in practical
+classification; with readings, questions and examination papers.
+_Grafton, 1922. 10s. 6d._
+
+
+_Lesson 1._
+
+INTRODUCTION. MEANING, PURPOSE, AND UTILITY. TERMINOLOGY. LOGICAL BASES.
+
+In classification, more than in any other branch of library science,
+practical application is dependent on a sound knowledge of theoretical
+principles, and students are warned that a thorough grasp of the
+logical bases is an absolutely essential preliminary to successful
+practical work.
+
+Importance of classification in our daily life is not fully
+appreciated, classification being the sole foundation of all order. It
+would be impossible for the mental faculties to function efficiently
+without classification, the simplest thought or reason requiring its
+use.
+
+Note the purpose of classification and the mutual dependence of
+classification and cataloguing.
+
+It is essential to know the exact logical meaning of terms used in
+classification.
+
+Understand the Five Predicables. After mastering their definition,
+study Tree of Porphyry for their application. A close study of the
+latter will amply repay students. It admirably illustrates meaning
+of Extension and Intension, and demonstrates how in the framing of
+the scheme the hierarchy must proceed gradually from terms of great
+Extension and little Intension to terms of little Extension but of
+great Intension.
+
+The student is strongly advised not to pass Jevons until he has
+thoroughly mastered the chapters set out below.
+
+
+READING LIST.
+
+Brown--Library classification. _Chap. 6._
+
+Encyclopædia Britannica--Article _Classification_.
+
+Jast--Classification and discovery. _L.W. Vol. 13, 1910-11, pp.
+353-355._
+
+Jast--Library classification. _In Greenwood’s Library Year Book,
+1900-01, pp. 21-36._
+
+Jevons--Logic. (_Give special attention to Chaps. 5, 12 and 32_).
+
+Jevons--Principles of science. _Chapter on classification._
+
+Mill--Logic. _Chapter on classification._
+
+Richardson--Classification. _Introduction and Chap. 1._
+
+Sayers--Classification in modern life. _L.A. Vol. 17, 1924, pp. 8-16;
+35-40._
+
+Sayers--Introduction. _Chaps. 1-2._
+
+
+QUESTIONS.
+
+_1._ Give an example where classification resulted in the discovery of
+new facts.
+
+_2._ State what you consider to be the purpose of classification.
+
+_3._ Define the following terms:--characteristic; denotation;
+correlation of property; extension; genus; connotation; difference;
+intension.
+
+_4._ Describe the Tree of Porphyry and its relation to classification.
+
+_5._ The functions of classification and those of cataloguing are often
+confused. Explain.
+
+
+_Lesson 2._
+
+PRINCIPLES. KINDS OF CLASSIFICATION. SCHEDULES.
+
+The survey of the logical bases in Lesson 1 leads to a more definite
+consideration of the main principles of classification and schedule
+formation. A close study of natural and artificial classification must
+be made at this stage. An investigation of the difference between them
+will stress the importance of the choice of characteristic. It will be
+emphasised during this lesson that the characteristic selected must be
+essential to the purpose for which the classification is intended.
+
+Botany and zoology have provided notable instances of natural
+and artificial classification. In studying these schemes notice
+particularly the process of division, the gradual modulation from
+Class to Division, Sub-Division, and Section, the Extension of the
+terms becoming smaller and the Intension greater as the process of
+division is continued.
+
+One fault which can create endless confusion is Cross-Division. To
+avoid this the terms used in the schedule must be mutually exclusive.
+
+The classification of books cannot reach the perfection of a
+classification of knowledge. The latter is limited only by the
+limitation of knowledge, but the former by the physical form of
+books. All bibliographical schemes, however, should be based on the
+classification of knowledge.
+
+Realise clearly the necessity for and the functions of the topic
+and form classes which form part of every bibliographical scheme.
+Throughout this lesson it will be seen that classification is governed
+by the principles laid down in the Five Predicables.
+
+If attention has been duly paid to the ground covered in Lessons 1
+and 2 no difficulty will in future be experienced with regard to the
+theory, bases, or principles of classification, but if, on the other
+hand, any difficulty is felt in answering questions bearing upon these
+principles, students have devoted insufficient time to their study,
+and are strongly advised to make good the deficiency before proceeding
+further.
+
+
+READING LIST.
+
+  Brown--Library classification. _Chaps. 1 and 2._
+
+  Coulson--An outline on the theory of classification. _L.W. Vol. 14,
+  1911-12, pp. 37-42; 67-70._
+
+  Johns--Flowers of the field. _Study introduction._
+
+  Richardson--Classification. _Lecture 2._
+
+  Savage--Form and alphabetic book classification. _L.A.R. Vol. 9,
+  1907, pp. 375-383._
+
+  Sayers--Canons. _Chaps. 1 and 2._
+
+  Sayers--Grammar of classification. _L.A.A. Series, 1912. Principles
+  1-20._
+
+  Sayers--Introduction. _Chaps. 3-5._
+
+
+QUESTIONS.
+
+  _1._ What is meant by “cross-division”?
+
+  _2._ What are essential and accidental characteristics in
+  classification?
+
+  _3._ The process of division is governed by “difference.” Explain.
+
+  _4._ Name the difference between philosophical classification and
+  bibliographical classification.
+
+  _5._ What is the difference between a rigid and a flexible
+  classification?
+
+  _6._ What is meant by “form” as compared with “subject” in
+  classification?
+
+
+_Lesson 3._
+
+HISTORY. PRINCIPAL SCHEMES. COMPARISONS. SPECIAL CLASSES.
+
+A glance at the list of schemes which have been devised is sufficient
+to convince us of the formidable task it would be to acquire detailed
+knowledge of each one. This, however, is not essential. Apart from the
+principal epoch-making schemes, only sufficient attention need be paid
+to them to trace the development of classification. Bacon’s scheme has
+had a great influence and must receive full consideration. Sayers’s
+Introduction contains the most satisfactory outline of this. In the
+same work brief outlines of the principal schemes are given, and good
+accounts are available in Brown’s Library Classification. These two
+books cover sufficient ground for the general student, but those who
+wish to make a more exhaustive survey of the various schemes will find
+further details in Edwards’s Memoirs of libraries, _Vol. 2_.
+
+Of the schemes in use at the present time the Decimal, Subject,
+Expansive, and Library of Congress are selected as the most important,
+and while a good knowledge of the two latter is required, students are
+urged to concentrate their main study upon and confine their practical
+exercises to the Decimal and Subject schemes, chiefly because they are
+almost in exclusive use so far as British libraries are concerned, but
+also on account of the fact that candidates for the Library Association
+certificate are required to pass a practical test in these two.
+
+Pay particular attention to the Introductions.
+
+The popular method of systematically comparing the two class by class
+is the best. It will be found most convenient to take the classes in
+the order appearing in the Decimal, and compare with the corresponding
+portions of the Subject. Make full use of Sayers’s Canons here.
+Valuable for analysis of the four main schemes. The Indexes should also
+be included in the comparison.
+
+Study carefully the criteria of a practical book classification as
+given in Richardson’s Classification, page _42_, and consider to what
+extent these requirements are met.
+
+Special consideration must be given to those classes which at various
+times have been severely criticised, and the student should be
+completely _au fait_ with the arguments for and against the treatment
+of the forms and subjects upon which opinions vary, e.g., Biography.
+
+Hulme’s Principles of book classification, in L.A.R., Vol. _13_,
+_1911_, _pp. 354-358_; _389-394_; _444-449_. _Vol. 14_, _1912_, _pp.
+39-46_; _174-181_; _216-221_ (summarised in Sayers’s Introduction,
+Appendix _1_) takes a view of classification not entirely supported by
+the reading matter set in this course. For this reason the student is
+advised to reserve his study of these articles until having covered the
+reading prescribed, so that he may read them more critically and make a
+clearer comparison of the points of view.
+
+
+READING LIST.
+
+  Aldred--The expansive classification. _L.A.R. Vol. 7, 1905, pp.
+  207-219; 196-201._
+
+  Brown--Library classification. _Chaps. 3 and 4._
+
+  Brown--Manual of library economy. _3rd edition. Chap. 16._
+
+  Brown--Subject classification. _Introduction._
+
+  Dewey--Decimal classification. _Introduction._
+
+  Dickie--Critical examination of the arrangement of History and
+  Geography in the Decimal and Subject classifications. _L.W. Vol. 25,
+  1922-23, pp. 401-407._
+
+  Hale--The decimal classification as applied to small libraries. _L.W.
+  Vol. 16, 1913-14, pp. 263-268; 311-316._
+
+  Mash--Classification of technology. _L.W. Vol. 15, 1912-13, pp. 1-5;
+  50-55._
+
+  Mould--Wanted, a classification. _L.A.R. Vol. 8, 1906, pp. 127-147;
+  208-211._
+
+  Pepper--Classification of biography. _L.A.R. Vol. 15, 1913, pp.
+  328-334._
+
+  Richardson--Classification. _Appendix._
+
+  Sayers--Canons. _Chaps. 3-6._
+
+  Sayers--The Dewey decimal classification after thirty years. _L.A.R.
+  Vol. 12, 1910, pp. 314-334._
+
+  Sayers--Introduction. _Chaps. 7-10._
+
+  Smith--Library classifications: a comparison by classes. _Supp. to.
+  L.W. Vol. 21, 1918-19._
+
+  Smither--Library of Congress classification. _L.W. Vol. 16, 1913-14,
+  pp. 130-136._
+
+  South Kensington Museum; Board of Education. Classification for works
+  on pure and applied science in the Science Library, the Science
+  Museum. _2nd edition. Stationery Office, 1921._
+
+    This classification affords a clear and accurate view of the
+    anatomy of the literature of the pure and applied sciences in the
+    twentieth century.
+
+  Walker--Suggested re-arrangement of the Dewey classes of _100_ and
+  _200_. _L.W. Vol. 16, 1913-14, pp. 163-165._
+
+  Wright--Technological classification. _L.W. Vol. 18, 1915-16, pp.
+  312-316; 344-347. Vol. 19, 1916-17, pp. 9-10._
+
+Brown’s Subject Classification was published in 1906 and reviews and
+criticisms of the work can be read in the following professional
+periodicals:--Savage (E. A.) _in L.W. Vol. 9, 1906-07, pp. 48-55_.
+Lyster (T. W.) _in L.A.R. Vol. 8, 1906, pp. 384-386_. Coutts (A. T.)
+_in L.A. Vol. 6, 1909, pp. 304-318_. Brown’s Revisions, etc., _in L.W.
+Vol. 12, 1909-10, pp. 41-45; 81-86; 121-124; 153-160_.
+
+
+QUESTIONS.
+
+  _1._ Write a brief essay on the history of classification.
+
+  _2._ Outline Bacon’s Scheme and its influence on classification.
+
+  _3._ Give a brief account of any natural scheme of classification.
+
+  _4._ State in which class or classes it is preferable to adopt an
+  alphabetical arrangement, and why.
+
+  _5._ The Divisions 140 Philosophic Systems, 180 Ancient Philosophers,
+  and 190 Modern Philosophers in the Decimal Classification are not
+  satisfactory to the classifier. Explain.
+
+  _6._ What means are provided in the Decimal, Subject and Expansive
+  Classifications for obtaining alphabetical and chronological
+  arrangements of a particular subject?
+
+
+_Lesson 4._
+
+NOTATION. EXPANSIONS. MNEMONICS. AUTHOR MARKS. ARRANGEMENT. GUIDING.
+
+Notation affects in a very large degree the usefulness and even the
+librarian’s choice of a scheme.
+
+A notation must be simple, brief, and flexible. Consider the extent
+to which the principal schemes meet these requirements, and weigh the
+advantages and disadvantages of a “pure” notation, as in the Decimal,
+or a “mixed” notation, as in the Subject scheme. The most notable
+expansion of the Decimal notation is the “Brussels,” which should be
+carefully surveyed.
+
+Note the mnemonic features of the various notations, as these assist in
+the rapid interpretation of the symbols, and enable one’s mind to more
+readily grasp the linking-up of the whole scheme. Notation is of itself
+insufficient for practical arrangement on the shelves, as the necessity
+arises for some method of regulating the order of the books within each
+Division, Section, etc., hence the use of Author Marks. Several tables
+have been compiled, but the most detailed and best known is Cutter’s,
+although the other tables must receive due attention as the Cutter
+Author Marks are not in exclusive use.
+
+The arrangement of the books on the shelves is most important, and it
+is essential to reach the best solutions of the problems regarding
+“broken sequence,” “oversize books,” etc.
+
+It must be remembered that the Library is intended for the use of
+people who do not want to study the intricate details of a notation
+in order to find what they want, and it should be made possible for
+readers not merely to find the subjects they require, but also to
+find their way about the various classes intelligently, but unaided.
+To achieve this a most carefully devised method of guiding will be
+necessary, and all methods and contrivances should be studied, as
+faulty or insufficient guiding will minimise the benefits of exact
+classification.
+
+
+READING LIST.
+
+  Brown--Library classification. _Chap. 5._
+
+  Brown--Manual of library economy. _3rd edition._ _Chap. 17._
+
+  Coutts--Classification and shelf-guiding. _In Brown and others. Open
+  Access Libraries. Grafton, 1915._
+
+  Hopwood--Dewey expanded. _L.A.R. Vol. 9, 1907, pp. 307-322; 340-345_
+  (_also L.J. Vol. 32, 1907_).
+
+  Jast--A new book number. _L.W. Vol. 3, 1900-01, pp. 120-123; 150-152._
+
+  Purnell--Development of notation in classification. _L.A. Vol. 8,
+  1911, pp. 25-33; 44-50._ (_Also published separately in L.A.A.
+  Series, but now o.p._)
+
+  Savage--Classification guides and indexes. _L.W. Vol. 8, 1905-6, pp.
+  261-266._
+
+  Sayers--Canons. _Chap. 7._
+
+  Sayers--Elements of notation. _L.W. Vol. 15, 1912-13, pp. 226-231._
+
+  Sayers--Grammar. _Principles 21-23._
+
+  Sayers--Introduction. _Chaps. 6 and 13._
+
+  Stephen--Application of exact classification to shelf arrangement.
+  _L.W. Vol. 11, 1909, pp. 251-255; 325-331._
+
+  Stewart--Guiding an open-access lending library. _L.W. Vol. 7,
+  1904-05, pp. 113-118._
+
+  Stewart--Oversize books. _L.W. Vol. 9, 1906-07, pp. 208-211._
+
+
+QUESTIONS.
+
+  _1._ What are the essentials of a good notation?
+
+  _2._ How would you mark book-stacks, shelves, etc., in a large
+  open-access library in order to guide readers to specific subjects?
+
+  _3._ Compare the notations of the Decimal and Subject Schemes.
+
+  _4._ After the classification number has been applied it is still
+  necessary to individualise the books within the limits of a subject.
+  Describe what you consider to be the best method, with alternatives.
+
+  _5._ Illustrate by examples from the Decimal Scheme the advantages
+  derived from its mnemonic features.
+
+  _6._ Give the chief marks, with explanations, used in the Brussels
+  extension of the Decimal classification.
+
+
+_Lesson 5._
+
+PRACTICAL.
+
+As a preliminary to actual classification it is essential to obtain a
+thorough grasp of certain rules which, in a general sense, govern the
+placing of books.
+
+With this aim in view students should first read Chapter _12_ of
+Sayers’s “Introduction,” and again read Jast’s “Library classification”
+in Greenwood’s Library Year Book, _1900-1901_, and the Introductions to
+the Decimal and Subject Schemes.
+
+Students may afterwards pass on to Sayers’s “Introduction,” part _3_--A
+short course in practical classification, with special reference to the
+Decimal and Subject schemes. This provides a thorough test of ability
+in classification, bringing forward examples requiring a decision on
+the points which present most difficulty in practice.
+
+It is important that students should guard against misuse of the index.
+In placing a book reference must be made direct to the schedules, and
+the index used only as an aid to, not a means of classification.
+
+
+TEST EXAMINATION.
+
+_Questions to be answered without the aid of text-books, notes, etc._
+
+  _1._ It is impossible to think or to reason aright unless we
+  classify. Explain.
+
+  _2._ In what way may the physical form of a book affect the
+  classifying of it?
+
+  _3._ The Decimal Classification contains instances of
+  “cross-division.” Name as many as you can.
+
+  _4._ What are the respective advantages of a relative and a specific
+  index?
+
+  _5._ Explain the geographical divisions in the Decimal, Subject, and
+  Expansive Schemes.
+
+  _6._ In a classified library the shelf arrangement is affected by the
+  size of the books. What arrangement would you adopt, and in what way
+  would this affect the guiding?
+
+  _7._ What does Brown mean by “locality” _versus_ “subject”? Give
+  examples.
+
+  _8._ Explain the difference between history as a “topic” and as a
+  “form.”
+
+  _9._ Detail the respective advantages and disadvantages of a “pure”
+  and a “mixed” notation.
+
+  _10._ State briefly the arguments for and against separating a
+  complete set of an author’s works.
+
+A practical test is not included, as this, in its best form, is easily
+accessible in the papers set at past Library Association examinations,
+which are obtainable from the office of the Association.
+
+The student must bear in mind that it is far better to classify from
+the actual book, but where this entails any inconvenience the articles
+appearing in the “Nineteenth Century and After” and the books reviewed
+in the “Times Literary Supplement” may be classified.
+
+Further, I would urge the student to be ever on the _qui vive_ for
+books which seem to present most difficulty, as herein lies the best
+practice.
+
+
+FACTORS AND NOTES.
+
+Brief chronological list of the principal schemes of classification.
+
+  _250_ B.C. Callimachus
+  _1548_ Conrad Gesner
+  _1623_ Francis Bacon
+  _1678_ Jean Garnier
+  _1679_ Ismael Bouillaud
+  _1773_ Cels
+  _1806_ Barbier
+  _1810_ Schrettinger
+  _1836-38_ British Museum
+  _1842_ Brunet
+  _1857_ Royal Institution (Vincent)
+  _1859_ Edward Edwards
+  _1870_ W. T. Harris
+  _1873_ Cutter. Published _1876_
+  _1876_ Melvil Dewey
+  _1879_ Schwarz
+  _1887_ Sonnenschein
+  _1888_ Hartwig
+  _1890_ Bonazzi
+  _1894_ Quinn-Brown
+  _1898_ Brown’s Adjustable
+         Brussels Expansion of Dewey
+  _1902_ Library of Congress
+  _1906_ Brown’s Subject
+
+
+CLASSIFICATION SYSTEMS USED IN BRITISH MUNICIPAL LIBRARIES.
+
+In looking over the statistics of nearly 600 British Municipal
+Libraries I find the systems of classification adopted stated as
+“Main Classes,” “Brown,” “Sectional,” “Adjustable,” “Fixed Location,”
+“Various,” etc., and to compile a list under the various heads would
+serve no useful purpose. I find, however, that the Dewey Decimal
+System, sometimes modified, is in use in over 300 libraries, Brown’s
+“Subject” and Brown’s “Adjustable” in over 100 libraries, Cutter’s
+“Expansive” in about 10, and the remainder various.
+
+
+
+
+COURSE 4: CATALOGUING.
+
+
+TEXT BOOKS REQUIRED.
+
+(_See also_ The Cataloguer’s Reference Shelf).
+
+  A.L.A. & L.A.--Cataloguing Rules. Author and title entries, compiled
+  by Committees of the American Library Association and of the Library
+  Association. _Library Association, 1908. 5s._
+
+  Bishop (W. W.)--Practical handbook of modern library cataloguing.
+  _2nd edition. Williams & Wilkins: Baltimore, 1924., Also Grafton, 8s.
+  6d._
+
+  British Museum--Rules for compiling catalogues in the Department of
+  Printed Books. _British Museum, 1920. 2s. 6d._
+
+  Brown (J. D.)--Library classification and cataloguing. _Grafton,
+  1912. 10s. 6d._
+
+  Cutter (C. A.)--Rules for a dictionary catalogue. _Government
+  Printing Office: Washington, 1904. Also Grafton, 3s._
+
+  Fellows (D.)--Cataloguing rules with explanation and introduction.
+  _Grafton, 1922. 20s._
+
+  Hitchler (Theresa)--Cataloguing for small libraries. _A.L.A., 1915.
+  Also Grafton, 12s._
+
+  Quinn (J. H.)--Library cataloguing. _Truslove & Hanson, 1913. 6s.
+  Also Grafton._
+
+
+THE CATALOGUER’S REFERENCE SHELF.
+
+(_Books other than those named in “Text Books,” and “Reading Lists” in
+this Course._)
+
+
+GENERAL.
+
+  _Note._--The British Museum catalogue of printed books is one of the
+  most useful works for finding any bibliographical data.
+
+  A good atlas and gazetteer.
+
+  Aldred (Thomas), _compiler_--A list of English and American sequel
+  stories. _1922._
+
+  Corns (A. R.) _and_ Sparke (Archibald)--A bibliography of unfinished
+  books in the English language; with annotations. _1915._
+
+  Crabbe--Synonyms.
+
+  Haydn (Joseph)--Dictionary of dates and universal information
+  relating to all ages and all nations. _25th edition._ _1910._
+
+  Walker (F. H.)--Abbreviations and technical terms used in book
+  catalogs and bibliographies. _Boston, 1912._
+
+  _Also_ standard English, French, German and Latin dictionaries.
+
+
+PSEUDONYMS, ANONYMS.
+
+  Barbier (A. A.)--Dictionnaire des ouvrages anonymes. _4 vols._
+  _1872-79._
+
+  Brunet (Gustave)--Supplément au Dictionnaire des Ouvrages Anonymes de
+  Barbier et aux Supercheries Littéraires Dévoilées de Quérard. _1889._
+
+  Courtney (W. P.)--Secrets of our national literature. _1908._
+
+  Cushing (William)--Initials and pseudonyms: a dictionary of revealed
+  disguises. _2 vols. 1885-88._
+
+  Halkett (Samuel) _and_ Laing (John)--Dictionary of the anonymous
+  and pseudonymous literature of Great Britain. _Edinburgh. 4 vols.
+  1882-88._
+
+  Quérard (J. M.)--Les supercheries littéraires dévoilées. _2nd
+  edition. 3 vols. Paris, 1869-71._
+
+  Weller (E.)--Lexicon pseudonymorum worterbuch der pseudonymen aller
+  zeiten und volker. _2 vols. Regensburg, 1886._
+
+  Who’s Who in Literature, _1925_--Fictitious and pseudonymous names
+  compiled by Reginald G. Williams and Mark Meredith. _pp. 502-533._
+
+
+PLACES, NAMES, ETC.
+
+  Ballhorn (Freid)--Grammatography: a manual of reference to the
+  alphabets of ancient and modern languages. _1861._
+
+  Chambers’s Biographical Dictionary; edited by D. Patrick and F. H.
+  Groome, 1902. Contains an index of pseudonyms.
+
+  Cousin (John W.)--Short biographical dictionary of English
+  literature. _Dent, 1918._
+
+  Peddie (R. A.)--Fifteenth century books; a guide to their
+  identification. _Grafton, 1913. 5s._
+
+  Phillips (L. B.)--Dictionary of biographical reference. _1889._
+
+  Smith (B. E.), editor.--The Century cyclopædia of names. _1903._
+
+  Smith (_Sir_ William)--Classical dictionary of Greek and Roman
+  biography and mythology. _3 vols. 1880._
+
+  Vapereau (L. G.)--Dictionnaire universel des contemporains. _1893._
+
+  Who’s Who.
+
+  Who Was Who.
+
+  Who’s Who in America.
+
+The list could be considerably extended, but for more detailed
+information on cataloguer’s reference tools the following will answer
+most enquiries:--
+
+  Austin--Reports on aids and guides: a summary of bibliographical aids
+  to cataloguers. _L.J. Vol. 19, 1894, pp. 77-80._
+
+  Blanchard--Some cataloguer’s reference books of recent years. _A.L.A.
+  Bulletin, Vol 11, 1917, pp. 203-207._
+
+  New York State Library--Cataloguer’s reference books. _Bulletin 84,
+  1904._
+
+  New York State Library--Selection of reference books for the use of
+  cataloguers in finding full names. _Bulletin 5. 1898._
+
+
+_Lesson 1._
+
+SCOPE AND PURPOSE. QUALIFICATIONS OF A CATALOGUER. HISTORY. DEFINITIONS.
+
+It should be realised at the beginning of this course that the sole
+purpose of cataloguing is to construct a tool (not merely for the staff
+but primarily for the public) the use of which will render available
+the full resources of the library. In your practical work remember
+always that the best criterion is the extent to which a reader is led
+to the information sought for.
+
+The difficulty of the task and the amount of care required are
+reflected in the qualifications deemed necessary. Read thoughtfully
+Bishop, _pp. 60-63_, and Quinn, _pp. 2-3_.
+
+Although the earlier examples of catalogues provide little guide to
+present-day practice, much can be learnt by tracing the development of
+cataloguing and the history of the various codes.
+
+Where possible examine the outstanding catalogues, British Museum,
+Bibliothèque Nationale, Boston Athenæum, London Library Catalogue and
+Subject Index, and the two parts of the 1923 edition of the American
+Library Association catalogue. Good examples of classified catalogues
+are those issued by the Bolton, Brighton, Finsbury and Glasgow Public
+Libraries.
+
+Develop a critical habit, and in handling as many catalogues as
+possible, pay special attention to their style and peculiarities,
+applying to them the tests of efficiency outlined in the various
+readings of this course.
+
+Learn thoroughly the exact meaning of bibliographical and cataloguing
+terms. An imperfect knowledge of these not merely retards progress, but
+prevents one acquiring uninterruptedly the full significance of the
+matter under consideration.
+
+
+READING LIST.
+
+  Anglo-American Code--Definitions. _pp. IX.-XII._
+
+  Bishop--Library cataloguing. _Chaps. 1, 2, and 4._
+
+  Bolton--The Anglo-American joint code of cataloguing rules, _1908_.
+  _L.W. Vol. 12, 1909-10, pp. 382-390._
+
+  Brown--Manual of practical bibliography. _The English Library.
+  Routledge. Appendix 1, Definitions. pp. 157-162._
+
+  Cutter--Rules. _Definitions, pp. 13-24._
+
+  Edwards--Memoirs of libraries. _Part 2, book 3, Chaps. on catalogues._
+
+  Guppy--Lectures on cataloguing. _L.A.R. Vol. 22, 1920, pp. 19-21._
+
+  Hitchler--Cataloguing. _Definitions, pp. 287-309._
+
+  Quinn--Library cataloguing. _Chaps. 1 and 2._
+
+  Sayers--The Anglo-American cataloguing code. _L.W. Vol. 11, 1908-9,
+  pp, 467-472._
+
+  Wheatley--How to catalogue a library. _1889. Chaps. 1 and 2._
+
+
+QUESTIONS.
+
+  _1._ What do you consider to be the purpose of (_a_) a catalogue
+  (_b_) a bibliography?
+
+  _2._ Define:--Colophon, imprint, syndetic, diagram, edition,
+  collation, synonym, facsimile, reference, chronogram, caption,
+  reprint, cross-reference, impression.
+
+  _3._ State, in the form of a brief essay, what you know of the
+  Anglo-American Cataloguing Code.
+
+  _4._ Outline the history of the British Museum catalogue.
+
+
+_Lesson 2._
+
+STYLE OF ENTRY. ORDER OF INFORMATION. COLLATION. PUNCTUATION.
+ABBREVIATIONS. NUMERALS. SIZE.
+
+Cataloguing practice varies in most libraries, but the reasons for the
+various modifications in use do not enter into consideration here, the
+purpose being to show what are generally accepted as the best style and
+method.
+
+If care is taken during the present lesson to adopt a correct form of
+entry this will become more familiar to the student while covering the
+practice outlined in succeeding lessons, and the exactness and careful
+attention to detail which are so essential will thus be automatically
+acquired.
+
+Note the exact order in which the information should be given (see
+example on page _114_). Follow this in all practice, giving fullest
+information required by the particular form of entry being made out.
+
+The clearness and uniformity of entries are largely affected by
+punctuation and the extent to which items of the collation are
+abbreviated. The latter is too often overdone. Note the various
+abbreviations used and the considerations as to whether the gain of
+space is commensurate with the loss of clearness to the reader.
+
+Obtain a complete understanding of the respective uses of Arabic and
+Roman numerals, and the methods of giving the sizes of books.
+
+
+READING LIST.
+
+  Anglo-American Code--Rules _136-166; 172-174; Appendix 1_.
+
+  Bishop--Library cataloguing. _Chap. 6._
+
+  Cutter--Rules _197-297_.
+
+  Fellows--Cataloguing rules, _pp. 8-15_.
+
+  Guppy--Lectures on cataloguing. _L.A.R. Vol. 23, 1921, pp. 274-278._
+
+  Hitchler--Cataloguing. _Chap. 2._
+
+  Quinn--Library cataloguing. _Chap. 4; Appendix B._
+
+
+QUESTIONS.
+
+  _1._ Give an entry, which may be imaginary, containing full collation
+  and imprint, demonstrating the use of capitals and punctuation signs,
+  and showing how you would treat numerals.
+
+  _2._ Give some of the common abbreviations you would use in
+  cataloguing. To what extent would you carry abbreviation?
+
+  _3._ Show the exact order in which you would give the information for
+  a full author entry.
+
+  _4._ In what ways are the sizes of books shown? Which method do you
+  prefer, and why?
+
+
+_Lesson 3._
+
+MAIN ENTRY. AUTHOR ENTRY. ANALYTICAL ENTRIES.
+
+Rules governing Main and Author entries take up the major portion of
+most codes of rules, but as they are better studied as a complete
+series they are all included in this lesson.
+
+It will be found that the various codes disagree in the form of entry
+for certain names, etc. Study the reasons for each variation, and after
+making comparison, attempt an independent decision as to the best form.
+
+Many of the rules are quite simple and easily remembered, but in those
+cases where the procedure does not appear to be straightforward the
+student is advised to trace a book which meets the description of the
+rule under consideration. In most instances the actual handling and
+examination of an example will assist one to grasp much more readily
+the instructions and the reason for the ruling.
+
+The best method of working is to study primarily the Anglo-American
+Code, comparing rule by rule with the corresponding portion of other
+codes, noting differences as they occur.
+
+Necessity often arises for dealing separately with the contents of
+a book. Consider the extent to which analytical treatment should be
+carried out, and the form of the entries necessary.
+
+
+READING LIST.
+
+  Anglo-American Code--Rules _1-111; 130-135; 167-171_.
+
+  Bolton--Anglo-American joint code of cataloguing rules, _1908_. _L.W.
+  Vol. 12, 1909-10, pp. 382-390._
+
+  Cutter--Rules _1-119; 193-196; 352-369_.
+
+  Fellows--Cataloguing rules. _pp. 16-37; 58-86; 97-130; 144-257_.
+
+  Guppy--Cataloguing of anonymous literature. _L.A.R. Vol. 3, 1901, pp.
+  298-313._
+
+  Hitchler--Cataloguing. _Chap. 3; pp. 7-16; 19-22_.
+
+  Quinn--Library cataloguing. _Chaps. 4-13._
+
+
+QUESTIONS.
+
+  _1._ Under what name or form of name would you enter:--(_a_) authors
+  with compound surnames; (_b_) noblemen; (_c_) trials; (_d_) monarchs;
+  (_e_) authors who have changed their names.
+
+  _2._ Show by examples how you would catalogue books by a married
+  woman who has written under maiden and married names.
+
+  _3._ Give the ruling of the various codes with reference to the
+  treatment of anonymous books.
+
+  _4._ What is the Anglo-American Code rule governing (_a_) a book
+  showing initials instead of an author’s name upon the title page;
+  (_b_) government reports? Give examples.
+
+  _5._ Define “analytical entry,” and say what works compel the use of
+  this entry.
+
+  _6._ How would you catalogue (_a_) a commentary; (_b_) an anthology;
+  (_c_) a dissertation; (_d_) transactions of a society.
+
+  _7._ Give a full entry, with the necessary references, for a work
+  written pseudonymously.
+
+
+_Lesson 4._
+
+SUBJECT ENTRY. REFERENCES. FORM ENTRY.
+
+Here we face the most difficult and vital part of cataloguing,
+requiring the maximum amount of care, ability, and discretion, so
+essential is the choice of correct headings to the success of a
+catalogue.
+
+There are no fixed rules as in the case of author entries, and few
+cataloguers, even of long experience, feel completely satisfied with
+their work in this direction. As a warning to the unwary, it has truly
+been said that in the choice of subject headings and cross references
+more absurdities can be perpetrated than in any other branch of library
+work.
+
+The appended reading matter is amply suggestive of the best practice,
+and illustrative of the errors to be avoided, and should be read with
+studious attention. Note the insistent emphasis on uniformity and
+consistency, attainment of which requires a definite adherence to a
+decision once taken; the choice of popular, rather than scientific
+or technical names; use of terms of permanent character; avoidance
+of foreign terms where there are English equivalents; choice of most
+specific subject; constant aim at ease of consultation, best obtained
+by placing oneself in the position of a reader; constant guard against
+the occurrence of synonymous headings and the useless multiplication
+of headings; care not to misuse national adjectives and geographical
+sub-divisions; inclusion of the necessary references, etc.
+
+Do not overlook the utility of a card list of the subject headings in
+use.
+
+The A.L.A. list of subject headings for a dictionary catalogue;
+Library of Congress list of subject headings; A.L.A. Catalogue, with
+supplements; Mann’s Subject headings for juvenile catalogues; Sears’s
+List of subject headings for small libraries; and good encyclopædias,
+are extremely useful guides and should be closely studied.
+
+Students should make a special point of reading those portions of the
+preface to the London Library Catalogue which deal with our subject,
+and examine the separately published Subject Index.
+
+The inclusion of form entries is often carried too far. Weigh carefully
+the value of such entries, and in examining catalogues give special
+consideration to the question as to whether the advantage of their
+inclusion is commensurate with the space required.
+
+
+READING LIST.
+
+  Bishop--Library cataloguing. _Chap. 7._
+
+  Cutter--Rules _161-192_.
+
+  Fellows--Cataloguing rules. _pp. 38-51; Appendix 1_.
+
+  Fry--Subject analytical cataloguing. _L.W. Vol. 18, 1915-16, pp.
+  36-41._
+
+  Guppy--Lectures on cataloguing. _L.A.R. Vol. 23, 1921, pp. 410-413;
+  Vol. 24, 1922, pp. 5-11._
+
+  Hasse--Subject headings for state documents. _L.J. Vol. 31, 1906, pp.
+  123-126._
+
+  Hitchler--Cataloguing. _Chaps. 5-6._
+
+  Hulme--Construction of the subject catalogue. _L.A.R. Vol. 3, 1901,
+  pp. 507-513._
+
+  Hulme--Principles of dictionary subject cataloguing. _L.A.R. Vol. 2,
+  1900, pp. 571-576._
+
+  Quinn--Library cataloguing. _Chap. 14._
+
+  Tyler--Modification of subject entries for card catalogues. _L.J.
+  Vol. 28, 1903, pp. 21-22._
+
+
+QUESTIONS.
+
+  _1._ What do you consider to be the general principles governing the
+  choice of subject headings?
+
+  _2._ Synonymous subject headings are sometimes found in a dictionary
+  catalogue. How would you guard against this?
+
+  _3._ How would you choose between subject and country? Catalogue the
+  following to illustrate your decision:--“Flowers and fruit of Spain.”
+
+  _4._ In cataloguing books on the following subjects, state under
+  what headings you would place them, and what references would be
+  required:--acoustics, anthropology, aves, economics, entomology,
+  eschatology, natural philosophy, oology, pisces, psychology.
+
+  _5._ Name six form headings which you would bring into use in a
+  dictionary catalogue.
+
+
+_Lesson 5._
+
+TITLE AND SERIES ENTRIES.
+
+Catalogues are often uselessly encumbered with superfluous title
+entries. Realise the legitimate function of a title entry, and note the
+works for which this is necessary, _e.g._, works published anonymously,
+plays, fiction, books with catchy titles, some music, etc.
+
+In studying best form of entry, note the necessary transposition of
+some titles, and the use of title-subject entry. See recommendations
+_re_ books published under different titles, and the selection of
+correct title when binder’s title, translator’s title, etc., do not
+agree with the title page.
+
+A careful decision must be made as to which series require entry, as
+this is not necessary in all cases. Study examples of various methods
+of arranging items under a series heading, the necessary entries or
+references for the editor of a series, and the correct practice in
+cases where the editor of a series has written one or several of the
+books in that series.
+
+
+READING LIST.
+
+  Anglo-American Code--Rules _112-129_.
+
+  Cutter--Rules _120-160_.
+
+  Fellows--Cataloguing rules. _pp. 55-57; 87-96; 131-143._
+
+  Guppy--Lectures on cataloguing. _L.A.R. Vol. 24, 1922, pp. 5-11._
+
+  Hitchler--Cataloguing. _Chaps. 4, 17, 18._
+
+  Quinn--Library cataloguing. _Chap. 14._
+
+  Stewart--Rules for an author and title sheaf catalogue. _L.W. Vol.
+  10, 1908, pp. 364-7._
+
+
+QUESTIONS.
+
+  _1._ How, and for what purpose, are title and subject entries
+  combined? Give example.
+
+  _2._ State which classes of books usually require title entries.
+
+  _3._ Books have been published at different times under changed
+  titles. How would you catalogue such works?
+
+  _4._ What is a “series” entry? Give example. What method of arranging
+  the entries under a series heading would you adopt, and why?
+
+  _5._ Give four examples of title entries for works other than
+  fiction. State the reason why title entries are necessary.
+
+
+_Lesson 6._
+
+ANNOTATION.
+
+Unless annotation is done very well, and the information given is very
+accurate, it is better not attempted. Study the object of annotation,
+and when it is necessary. Remember that the need of the readers is the
+chief guiding principle.
+
+Each class of literature has its own special requirements in
+annotation, and after noting the general principles, the student will
+find it profitable to study the classes individually.
+
+The subject is treated fully in Savage’s Manual, and the shorter
+articles in the following list deal specially with selected points or
+add emphasis to some particular aspect of the subject.
+
+
+READING LIST.
+
+  Baker--Co-operative annotation and guides. _L.A.R. Vol. 7, 1905, pp.
+  272-283._
+
+  Bostwick--Book annotation. _P.L. Vol. 24, 1919, pp. 87-90._
+
+  Brown--Manual of practical bibliography. _Chap. 6, pp. 92-94._
+
+  Eastwood--Principles of book annotation. _N.Y. State Library School,
+  Bulletin 34, 1913. pp. 73-76._
+
+  Peplow--Evaluative annotation. _L.A. Vol. 5, 1907, pp. 211-213._
+
+  Savage--Manual of descriptive annotation. _Grafton. 1906. 6s._
+
+  Savers--The children’s library. _pp. 45-51. Routledge. 1911. O.P._
+
+  Sayers and Stewart--Annotation. _L.W. Vol. 8, 1905, pp. 36-39; 91-94._
+
+
+QUESTIONS.
+
+  _1._ When are annotations necessary, and what are the general
+  principles to be observed in framing them?
+
+  _2._ What is the essential difference between evaluative and
+  descriptive annotation?
+
+  _3._ State the kind of books for which you would give annotations
+  dealing with (_a_) standpoint; (_b_) period; (_c_) qualifications of
+  author.
+
+  _4._ In framing annotations for (_a_) a historical work; (_b_)
+  a scientific work; (_c_) a biography; (_d_) a work on some
+  controversial topic, what information would you give?
+
+
+_Lesson 7._
+
+VARIETIES OF CATALOGUES. CO-OPERATIVE CATALOGUING. CENTRAL CATALOGUING
+BUREAU; UNION CATALOGUES. CATALOGUING FOR SPECIAL PURPOSES:--CHILDREN’S
+CATALOGUES, BULLETINS, LISTS, ETC.
+
+Study definition of each style of catalogue, author, subject,
+dictionary, classified, alphabetical-classed, etc. The dictionary
+and classified forms are mostly in use, and opinion is divided as to
+which is the more suitable style for a public library, each claiming
+merits not possessed by the other. In order to decide which style most
+adequately serves the needs of the particular public using the library,
+consider what questions are likely to be asked of a catalogue which it
+may be reasonably expected to answer, and see to what extent these are
+met by the respective styles of catalogues.
+
+The policy of establishing a Central Cataloguing Bureau in England
+is under constant reference. Study the advantages claimed for, and
+difficulties to be surmounted by, such a department. To what extent
+does the Library of Congress card scheme satisfy requirements in this
+direction?
+
+Many suggestions have been made with a view to co-operation in
+cataloguing. Consider what it is claimed possible to accomplish in this
+direction, and note what has been attempted towards this end.
+
+The Manchester and Glasgow union catalogues are notable examples of
+co-operation in order to give fullest information on a particular
+subject available in the locality.
+
+Carefully consider the utility of these attempts at co-operation, and
+the possibilities underlying the various suggestions which have been
+made.
+
+Note the extent to which the usual cataloguing practice is modified
+when compiling children’s catalogues, lists, bulletins, etc.
+
+
+READING LIST.
+
+
+VARIETIES OF CATALOGUES:--
+
+  Barrett--Alphabetical and classified forms of catalogues compared.
+  _International Library Conference, 1897. Transactions, pp. 67-71._
+
+  Bishop--Library cataloguing. _Chap. 3._
+
+  Bond--Classified versus dictionary: a comparison of printed
+  catalogues. _L.A.R. Vol. 2, 1900, pp. 313-318._
+
+  Brown--Manual of library economy. _3rd edition. Chap. 18._
+
+  Doubleday--Dictionary versus classified catalogues for lending
+  libraries. The dictionary catalogue. _L.A.R. Vol. 3, 1901, pp.
+  521-531._
+
+  Funnell--Sketch of the history of the classified catalogue in the
+  British Isles. _L.W. Vol. 14, 1911-12, pp. 197-200._
+
+  Guppy--Lectures on cataloguing. _L.A.R. Vol. 22, 1920, pp. 19-21._
+
+  Kroeger--Dictionary catalogues versus bibliographies. _L.J. Vol. 27,
+  1902, pp. 180-186._
+
+  Lillie--Merits of the classified and dictionary catalogues. _L.W.
+  Vol. 17, 1914-15, pp. 97-102._
+
+  Quinn--Library cataloguing. _Chap. 3._
+
+  Sayers--Introduction to library classification. _Chap. 11. The
+  classified catalogue._
+
+
+  CO-OPERATIVE CATALOGUING; CENTRAL CATALOGUING DEPT.; UNION CATALOGUES.
+
+  Blease--Co-operative cataloguing. _L.A.R. Vol. 16, 1914, pp. 513-525._
+
+  Hastings--Library of Congress printed cards: how to order and use
+  them. _2nd edition, 1914. Government Printing Office, Washington._
+
+  Library of Congress--Handbook of card distribution. _3rd edition,
+  1914. Government Printing Office, Washington._
+
+  Mattern--National and international co-operation in the field of
+  analytical cataloguing. _L.J. Vol. 37, 1912, pp. 370-376._
+
+  Richardson--Cumulative printed catalogue for large libraries. _L.J.
+  Vol. 41, 1916, pp. 28-31._
+
+  Wright--Co-operative cataloguing. _L.W. Vol. 25, 1922-3, pp. 417-421;
+  Vol. 26, 1923-4, pp. 10-16._
+
+
+CATALOGUING FOR SPECIAL PURPOSES:--CHILDREN’S CATALOGUES, BULLETINS,
+LISTS, ETC.
+
+  Collar--Classification and cataloguing of children’s books. _L.J.
+  Vol. 28, 1903, pp. 57-68._
+
+  Mann--Subject headings for juvenile catalogues. _A.L.A., 1916._
+
+  Savage--Reading lists. _L.W. Vol. 2, 1899-1900, pp. 259-262._
+
+  Sayers--The children’s library. _Chap. 3, Cataloguing, pp. 25-51._
+
+  Sayers _and_ Stewart--Catalogues for children. _L.A.R. Vol. 7, 1905,
+  pp. 379-391._
+
+  Sayers _and_ Stewart--Library magazines. _L.W. Vols. 7-8, 1905-6._
+
+
+QUESTIONS.
+
+  _1._ What are the criteria of a good catalogue?
+
+  _2._ In which special objects or in which direction will better
+  results be achieved by co-operation in cataloguing?
+
+  _3._ Make a brief evaluative comparison between a dictionary and a
+  classified catalogue.
+
+  _4._ Outline briefly the special purposes of a (_a_) bibliography;
+  (_b_) catalogue; (_c_) bulletin; (_d_) reading list.
+
+  _5._ What would be your main considerations in compiling a children’s
+  catalogue, and in what way would the usual cataloguing practice be
+  modified?
+
+  _6._ Describe briefly the various kinds of catalogues. State which
+  you prefer in an open-access library, giving reasons for your choice.
+
+
+_Lesson 8._
+
+FORMS OF CATALOGUES:--CARD, SHEAF, PRINTED, PLACARD, ETC. METHODS OF
+DISPLAY.
+
+The librarian’s choice of catalogue does not end with the decision on a
+dictionary or a classified variety. The form of the catalogue has also
+to be considered. Of the three main forms--card, sheaf, and printed,
+the number of each kind in use at the present time testifies to the
+varying opinions held as to their suitability.
+
+Study the considerations affecting the choice of any one of these, and
+the advantages claimed for each.
+
+In order to ensure the fullest use being made of the catalogues by the
+public, no effort should be spared in making them most conveniently
+accessible. Although the devices invented to achieve this end are so
+numerous, many of them are mere variations of the same principle, and
+although opportunity must be taken to see as many different kinds as
+possible, an examination of a device illustrating each principle will
+enable the student to grasp the underlying idea of all.
+
+
+READING LIST.
+
+  Brown--Library classification and cataloguing. _Chaps. 8 and 9._
+
+  Brown--Manual of library economy. _3rd edition, 1919. Chaps. 18 and
+  19._
+
+  Brown--Tyranny of the catalogue. _L.W. Vol. 11, 1908, pp. 1-6._
+
+  Jast--The sheaf and card catalogues: a comparison. _L.W. Vol. 5,
+  1902, pp. 129-131._
+
+  Sayers _and_ Stewart--The card catalogue. _Grafton, 1915. 5s._
+
+  Stewart--The sheaf catalogue. _Grafton, 1908. 5s._
+
+  Willcock--Is the printed catalogue doomed? _L.A.R. Vol. 9, 1907, pp.
+  384-389; 400-406._
+
+
+QUESTIONS.
+
+  _1._ Enumerate the advantages claimed for (_a_) a card catalogue;
+  (_b_) a printed catalogue; (_c_) a sheaf catalogue; (_d_) a placard
+  catalogue.
+
+  _2._ Outline the points which would influence your decision in
+  choosing between a card and a sheaf catalogue.
+
+  _3._ How would you guide a card catalogue? Illustrate by a rough
+  sketch.
+
+  _4._ Describe the principal methods of displaying catalogues. Which
+  method do you prefer, and why?
+
+
+_Lesson 9._
+
+PREPARATION OF THE PRINTED CATALOGUE.
+
+Note the various decisions required in planning a catalogue--edition,
+size, type, paper, binding.
+
+Draw up a sample specification. Study the practice in obtaining
+tenders, and considerations necessary in deciding upon the most
+suitable.
+
+Careful preparation and marking of the copy will save troublesome
+corrections at a later stage. It must be clearly marked to show the
+printer the various changes of type.
+
+Learn the correction marks used in checking proof. Attention must be
+given to the necessary captions, etc., when checking page proof.
+
+Considerations regarding type will be simplified by a knowledge of the
+Point System of type measurement (see paragraph on page _24_).
+
+
+READING LIST.
+
+  Philip---Production of the printed catalogue.
+
+  Quinn--Library cataloguing. _Chapter 15; Appendix A_.
+
+  Walter--Library printing. _A.L.A. Manual. Chapter 32._
+
+  Ward--Publicity for public libraries. _N. Y.: Wilson, 1924. Also
+  Grafton. Chap. 16, pp. 271-298._ Library printing.
+
+  Wheeler--The library, and the community. _A.L.A., 1924. Also Grafton,
+  15s. Chap. 21, pp. 222-242._ Lay-out and typography of printed matter.
+
+
+QUESTIONS.
+
+  _1._ Prepare a specification for the printing of a catalogue of
+  _20,000_ volumes.
+
+  _2._ State what kinds of type you would bring into use in a
+  classified catalogue of 10,000 volumes, and how you would mark the
+  copy for the printer’s guidance.
+
+  _3._ Give as many proof correction marks, with explanations, as you
+  can.
+
+
+_Lesson 10._
+
+INDEXING. ARRANGEMENT. ALPHABETISING.
+
+Efficient indexing is an absolute necessity if the information
+contained in the Library or in the catalogue, if in classified form, is
+to be made fully and readily available.
+
+Lack of experience in this direction accounts in many cases for the
+impression that indexing requires no great amount of discretion or
+ability, and students are warned that this erroneous estimate is
+invariably a preliminary to unsatisfactory work.
+
+Compare the manner in which relative and specific indexes respectively
+achieve their object.
+
+A decision will be required upon several points in compiling an index
+to a catalogue, _e.g._, use of page or location number for reference,
+form of entry, etc. Some entries are short almost to the point of being
+cryptic, others apparently contain matter superfluous in an index.
+
+Even in the matter of arranging the entries custom varies. Study the
+rules laid down by Cutter. Make a special point of consistency in
+alphabetising.
+
+
+READING LIST.
+
+  Clarke--Manual of practical indexing.
+
+  Cutter--Rules _298-350_.
+
+  Hawkes--Alphabetization of catalogues. _L.W. Vol. 15, 1912-13, pp.
+  262-266._
+
+  Hitchler--Cataloguing. _Chap. 23._
+
+  Neesham--Amplified indexing. _L.W. Vol. 24, 1922, pp. 67-70._
+
+  Prideaux--Some thoughts on indexing. _L.A.R. (N.S.), Vol. 3, 1925,
+  pp. 160-169._
+
+  Quinn--Library cataloguing. _pp. 70-79._
+
+  Wheatley--How to catalogue a library. _Chap. 6._
+
+
+QUESTIONS.
+
+  _1._ Describe the subject index you would provide for a classified
+  catalogue on cards.
+
+  _2._ Give the main points to be observed in alphabetising.
+
+  _3._ Show the order in which you would arrange the following entries
+  for a dictionary catalogue:--Stone and gravel--_Title._ Stone (E.
+  M.)--_Person._ Stone--_Subject._ Stonecroft--_Place._
+
+  _4._ Explain what is meant by “something follows nothing.”
+
+
+TEST EXAMINATION.
+
+_Questions to be answered without the aid of text books, notes, etc._
+
+  _1._ Give the Anglo-American Code rules relating to (_a_) Oriental
+  names; (_b_) Acts of Parliament; (_c_) trials; (_d_) names with
+  prefixes; (_e_) married women; (_f_) indexes.
+
+  _2._ Give a list of twelve books of reference useful to a cataloguer.
+
+  _3._ In a classified catalogue what typographical distinction would
+  you advise for (_a_) the various headings, classes, divisions,
+  sections (_b_) text; (_c_) annotations? What steps would you take to
+  show the printer your requirements?
+
+  _4._ State in the form of a short essay what you know of the history
+  of the classified catalogue _or_ the British Museum catalogue.
+
+  _5._ Illustrate by examples of entries how you would catalogue a
+  collection of maps.
+
+  _6._ How can co-operation be applied locally? State what you know of
+  any such effort.
+
+  _7._ Give three entries, with necessary references and index entries,
+  for dictionary and classified catalogues.
+
+  _8._ State what variety and form of catalogue you would choose for a
+  lending library of 30,000 volumes, adding 2,000 volumes annually. Say
+  which points would mainly affect your decision, and give reasons for
+  your choice.
+
+  _9._ What relation has the Institut International de Bibliographie to
+  cataloguing?
+
+  _10._ State how you would catalogue a book where the title-page is
+  missing.
+
+As in Course 3, Classification, the best practical test lies in the
+papers set at past Library Association examinations. These may be had
+at a trifling cost on application to the Offices of the Association.
+
+
+NOTES ON CATALOGUING FRENCH AND LATIN BOOKS.
+
+In cataloguing French books the following codes must be thoroughly
+studied: Quinn--Manual of Library Cataloguing, _1913_ edition, _pp.
+114, 125, 127_. Cutter’s Rules for a Dictionary Catalogue. Section
+_29_, _pp. 34-35_, and A.L.A. & L.A. Cataloguing Rules.
+
+The difficulty of cataloguing French books is mainly found with names
+containing the prefix Le, La, L’, Du, Des, De la, D’, De.
+
+The student should note the method of treatment in the above codes and
+supplement this by consulting the indexes of standard text-books of
+French literature, noting what names the authors are entered under,
+and see how far they agree with the codes. Such works as Faguet’s “A
+literary history of France,” _The Library of Literary History Series_;
+Dowden’s “A history of French literature,” _Short Histories of the
+Literatures of the World_; Saintsbury’s “A short history of French
+literature”; and Wright’s “A history of French literature” will well
+repay careful perusal.
+
+An early mistake in cataloguing French books is to enter the letter M
+as an initial of the author. If the letter is hyphenated to another
+letter, _e.g._, M-A--then the M. stands for one of the author’s
+initials, but should it have a full stop, as M.A.--then the letter M
+would stand as an abbreviation for _Monsieur_.
+
+The general rule is to enter under the prefix when it contains an
+article, le, la, l’, du, des, but not under the preposition de, d’,
+_e.g._,
+
+  Le Sage, Alen René
+  La Fontaine, Jean _de_
+  Du Boisgobey, Fortune
+  Chenier, André Marie _de_
+  Aubigne, Agrippa _d’_
+
+Exceptions do occur, but very seldom, and then only in the case of very
+early writers, when the full name is best given, _e.g._,
+
+  Jean de la Bierre.
+
+When prefixes are embodied as part of a surname, it must be catalogued
+as one name, _e.g._,
+
+  Delarne-Mardrus, Lucie.
+
+In cataloguing Latin books the following codes must be studied:
+Quinn--Manual of Library Cataloguing, _pp. 128-130_; Cutter--Rules for
+a Dictionary Catalogue, Section _30_, and A.L.A. & L.A. Cataloguing
+Rules.
+
+It is now the general practice to enter Latin authors under the English
+name, as adopted in our standard biographical dictionaries, such
+as Smith’s “Dictionary of Greek and Roman Biography,” and Harper’s
+“Dictionary of classical literature and antiquities.” In a great
+number of cases, however, these dictionaries enter under the Latin or
+vernacular form and the beginner in cataloguing Latin books is soon in
+difficulties, and still greater confusion results where an author has
+three names, as Titus Lucretius Carus, or Caius Suetonius Tranquillus,
+he does not know which is the best name. The nominative case is the
+best for the heading in practically every case. In order to become
+familiar with the names of Latin authors the beginner should know the
+case endings of the various declensions, especially the nominative
+and genitive plural, also the indexes to the following books may be
+profitably perused: Crutwell’s “A history of Roman literature,” also
+Appendix at _pp. 483-489_; Dimsdale’s “A history of Latin literature”;
+Duff’s “A literary history of Rome”; Wilkins’s “Roman literature.”
+
+A careful observation of the various names should enable the cataloguer
+to recognise them when a Latin book comes along, for instance in
+
+  P. Ovidi Nasonis Tristium. Libri V. Recensuit.
+  Catulli, Veronensis liber: iterum recognovit.
+  P. Terenti, Comoediæ.
+  T. Macci Plavti Rudens.
+
+The student should be able to select the names Ovidi, Catulli, Terenti
+and Plavti and from these we get the Anglicised names Ovid, Catullus,
+Terence and Plautus.
+
+
+THE PRINTED CATALOGUE.
+
+The printed catalogue is rapidly disappearing due chiefly to the high
+cost of printing and the almost universal adoption of the open-access
+system. A card or sheaf catalogue, supplemented by bulletins or
+occasional lists, is in use in most libraries, but the following still
+find it advisable to issue Class Lists: Bolton, Brighton, Burnley,
+Finsbury and Glasgow. In each case the Dewey Decimal Scheme is the plan
+of arrangement. The following libraries issue printed bulletins or
+reader’s guides:--Coventry, Croydon, Ipswich, Norwich, Nottingham and
+Warrington.
+
+
+SPECIFICATION FOR PRINTING A CATALOGUE.
+
+The best way to have a catalogue printed is first of all have a
+specimen page “set up,” with entries that will bring in all the types
+to be employed. This, together with a copy of the specification may be
+sent to six different firms inviting them to tender for so much per
+page.
+
+
+_Specification for printing a Public Library Catalogue._
+
+BOROUGH OF MONTANA.
+
+  The Committee of the Public Library invite tenders for printing a
+  catalogue of their Lending Library upon the following conditions:--
+
+  _Edition and Size._--The edition to consist of 750 copies, demy
+  octavo in size (not less than 8⅞″ by 5⅝″ when bound).
+
+    _Note.--The number of the edition depends entirely upon local
+    circumstances and whether Sectional Class Lists or a complete
+    catalogue is being printed._
+
+  _Type and Setting._--8-point Old Style, with occasional small
+  capitals, italics, and Clarendon or Antique; with 6-point for
+  subjects, notes, and contents, and the proper accented letters in
+  foreign languages. To be set solid, fifty-five lines (all types) to
+  the page (apart from page-heading, which is to contain a title and
+  catch-word syllables). Turnover lines to be indented one em, the
+  repeat dash to be one em, the class-letter and number to stand clear
+  four ems, the 6-point indent to be two ems. Spaces between the end of
+  the book entry and the class-letter to be filled with leaders. The
+  type must be free from wrong founts, and must not be worn or broken.
+  For the punctuation and use of capitals the “copy” must be closely
+  followed.
+
+  _Specimen Page._--The specimen page enclosed shows the size of the
+  printed page, the manner of setting out, and the proportions of type
+  founts may be accepted as a fair specimen of the whole.
+
+  _Paper._--To be demy, at least 30-lbs. to the ream, of good finish,
+  white, and uniform in tint throughout.
+
+  _Machining._--The sheets to be well “made ready” in perfect register,
+  with good ink and uniform impression, afterwards rolled or pressed.
+
+  _Time._--From the first receipt of copy, the work to be proceeded
+  with at not less than two sheets of sixteen pages each per week until
+  completed, or in default thereof the printer to pay a sum of five
+  shillings per day as damages.
+
+  _Proofs._--Two copies of proof in galley form and two copies of a
+  revise in page form to be furnished for reading and correction. The
+  Librarian to have the right to demand a revise in galley and such
+  revises in page as he shall deem necessary. No sheet to be sent to
+  press until ordered by the endorsement of the Librarian thereon.
+
+  _Additions and Corrections._---The Librarian to have the right to
+  insert additional matter in galley but not in page. No charge to be
+  allowed for author’s corrections unless pointed out and priced at the
+  time they are made.
+
+  _Number of pages._--The number of pages is estimated to be 250 more
+  or less, but the number is not guaranteed and no allowance will be
+  made for any miscalculation in this respect.
+
+  _Covers._--750 covers to be printed upon coloured paper, of an
+  approved tint, not less than 30-lbs to the ream (demy). The front of
+  this cover to be printed with the title of the catalogue.
+
+  _Binding._--The whole edition to be bound in good straw-boards of
+  suitable thickness, strongly sewn with thread, with cloth strip backs
+  of good quality, the covers being pasted on the front and back and
+  the whole cut flush. Fourteen days will be allowed for binding after
+  the last sheet has been returned for the press.
+
+  _Delivery._--When completed the catalogues are to be securely tied up
+  in brown-paper parcels of fifty each and delivered to the Librarian
+  at the Public Library.
+
+  _Tender._--The tender is to state the price per page for 8-point and
+  for 6-point respectively, this price to be inclusive of all charges
+  for press corrections, covers, binding, and delivery as aforesaid.
+  When completed work to be measured up, and, according to the quantity
+  of each of the above types used, charges will be allowed. Payment
+  will be made within three months afterwards.
+
+  _Other conditions._--The work is to be carried out to the entire
+  satisfaction of the Librarian, and if he is dissatisfied with its
+  execution he is authorised to stop the work and refer the matter to
+  the Library Committee for their decision, which shall be final and
+  binding.
+
+  _Contract._--The firm whose tender is accepted may be required by
+  the Committee to enter into a contract with the Borough Council
+  to carry out the work in accordance with this specification and
+  its conditions, and to give an undertaking that the rate of wages
+  paid and the hours of labour observed are those that are generally
+  accepted as fair by the printing trades.
+
+  The Committee do not bind themselves to accept the lowest or any
+  tender. Tenders with samples of the paper proposed to be used, to
+  be sent in sealed envelopes, and endorsed “Catalogue” to reach the
+  undersigned on or before January 1st, 1927.
+
+    GEORGE PRESTON,
+    _Borough Librarian._
+
+    Public Library,
+    Montana.
+
+
+ORDER OF BIBLIOGRAPHICAL PARTICULARS FOR CATALOGUING.
+
+  _1._ Author’s surname.
+  _2._ Author’s forenames.
+  _3._ Author’s distinctions.
+  _4._ Title of book.
+  _5._ Additions to title if any.
+  _6._ Name of editor or translator.
+  _7._ Edition if stated.
+  _8._ Series if any (A.L.A. and L.A. bring this after No. 13).
+  _9._ Place of publication.
+  _10._ Name of publisher.
+  _11._ Date of publication.
+  _12._ Number of volumes.
+  _13._ Size.
+  _14._ Number of pages.
+  _15._ Illustrations.
+  _16._ Portraits.
+  _17._ Maps.
+  _18._ Plans.
+  _19._ Facsimiles.
+  _20._ Diagrams.
+  _21._ Tables.
+  _22._ Charts.
+  _23._ Music in text.
+  _24._ Memoir.
+  _25._ Glossary.
+  _26._ Bibliography.
+  _27._ Contents.
+  _28._ Annotation.
+
+
+
+
+COURSE 5: ENGLISH LITERARY HISTORY
+
+_By James Cranshaw._
+
+
+GENERAL BIBLIOGRAPHY.
+
+Any of the following text-books will be found sufficiently full to
+answer all questions in the general paper up to _1745_. After that
+date, a wider acquaintance with English literature is desirable.
+Students who wish for a merit or honours certificate must show a more
+intimate knowledge than is to be gained from mere text-books. In this
+case he must read the authors themselves, write out his own opinion,
+and check it with the opinion of recognised critics. Only in this
+way will English literature live and be of service to him after the
+examination is passed.
+
+
+_1._ TEXT BOOKS.
+
+Albert (E.)--History of English literature. _1923. Harrap._
+
+Buchan (John) _Ed._ A history of English literature. _1923. Nelson._
+
+Long (W. J.)--English literature: its history and significance for the
+life of the English-speaking world. _1909. Ginn & Co._
+
+Saintsbury (George)--Short history of English literature. _1911._
+
+Brooke (Stopford A.)--English literature, A.D. 670-1832. _1897._
+
+Strong (A. T.)--Short history of English literature. _1921._
+
+Bates (K. L.)--American literature. _1898._
+
+Trent (W. P.)--History of American literature. _1903._
+
+
+_2._ REFERENCE BOOKS.
+
+Brewer (E. C.)--The Reader’s handbook. _1925._
+
+Cousin (J. W.)--A biographical dictionary of English literature.
+_Everyman’s Library. J. M. Dent._
+
+Cambridge History of American literature. _3 vols. in 4. 1918-21._
+
+Cambridge History of English literature. _14 vols. 1907-1916._
+
+Chambers’s Cyclopedia of English literature. _3 vols. 1903._
+
+Garnett (R.) _and_ Gosse (E.)--English literature: an illustrated
+record. _4 vols. 1903._
+
+Green (J. R.)--A short history of the English people. _1916._
+
+Jusserand (J. A. A. J.)--A literary history of the English people. _3
+vols._
+
+Keller (H. R.)--Reader’s digest of books. _1923._
+
+Seccombe (T.) _and_ Nicoll (_Sir_ W. R.)--“The Bookman” illustrated
+history of English literature. _2 vols. 1906._
+
+
+_3._ USEFUL ANTHOLOGIES.
+
+Broadus (E. K.) _and_ Gordon (R. K.)--English prose from Bacon to
+Hardy. _1918._
+
+Hadow (G. E.) _and_ (W. H.)--Oxford treasury of English literature. _3
+vols. 1907._
+
+Hudson (W. H.)--Representative passages from English literature. _1914._
+
+Methuen (A.)--Shakespeare to Hardy. _1922._
+
+Newbolt (_Sir_ H.)--An English anthology of prose and poetry. _1921._
+
+Palgrave (F. T.)--The golden treasury. _2 vols. 1904._
+
+Quiller-Couch (_Sir_ A. T.)--The Oxford book of English prose. _1925._
+
+Quiller-Couch (_Sir_ A. T.) Oxford book of English verse, _1250-1900_.
+_1907._
+
+Ward (T. H.)--The English poets: selections with critical
+introductions. _5 vols. 1903-1918._
+
+Warren (K. M.)--A treasury of English literature ... to the _18_th
+century. _1906._
+
+There are of course several good anthologies dealing with special
+periods or special forms. The student is warned, however, against
+forming any definite opinions from mere selections, as these may
+reflect editorial idiosyncrasy or be restricted to one side of an
+author’s work.
+
+
+BIBLIOGRAPHY: SPECIAL PERIODS.
+
+
+PART I.--_c. 500-1500._
+
+
+_1._ READING.
+
+Albert (E.)--English literature. _Chaps. 1-4._
+
+Buchan (J.)--English literature. _Section 1 and Appendix._
+
+Long (W. J.)--English literature. _Chaps. 1-5._
+
+Brooke (S. A.)--English literature. _Chaps. 1-3._
+
+Saintsbury (G.)--English literature. _Books 1-4._
+
+Strong (A. T.)--English literature. _Chaps. 1-9._
+
+
+_2._ REFERENCE.
+
+Brooke (S. A.)--English literature ... to the Conquest. _1908._
+
+Cambridge History of English literature. _Vols. 1-3._
+
+Jusserand (J. A. A. J.)--Literary history of English people. _Vol. 1._
+
+Schofield (W. H.)--English literature from the Norman Conquest to
+Chaucer. _1906._
+
+Snell (F. J.) Age of Chaucer, _1346-1400_. _Handbooks of E.L. 1901._
+
+Snell (F. J.)--Age of transition, _1400-1580_. _Handbooks of E.L. 1905.
+2 vols._
+
+
+PART II.--_1500-1630._
+
+
+_1._ READING.
+
+Albert (E.)--English literature. _Chaps. 4-5._
+
+Brooke (S. A.)--English literature _Chaps. 3-5._
+
+Buchan (J.)--English literature. _Sections 2-3._
+
+Long (W. J.)--English literature. _Chaps. 6-7._
+
+Saintsbury (G.)--English literature. _Books 5-6._
+
+Strong (A. T.)--English literature. _Chaps. 10-14._
+
+_2._ REFERENCE.
+
+Cambridge History of English literature. _Vols. 4-6._
+
+Jusserand (J. A. A. J.)--Literary history of the English people. _Vols.
+2-3._
+
+Saintsbury (G.)--Elizabethan literature, _1560-1660_. _1907._
+
+Snell (F. J.)--The age of transition, _1400-1580_. _1905._
+
+Seccombe (T.) _and_ Allen (J. W.)--Age of Shakespeare, _1579-1631_.
+_Handbooks of E.L. 2 vols. 1904._
+
+
+PART III.--_1630-1745._
+
+
+_1._ READING.
+
+Albert (E.)--English literature. _Chaps. 6-8._
+
+Brooke (S. A.)--English literature. _Chaps. 5-6._
+
+Buchan (J.)--English literature. _Sections 4-5._
+
+Long (W. J.)--English literature. _Chaps. 8-9._
+
+Saintsbury (G.)--English literature. _Books 7-8._
+
+Strong (A. T.)--English literature. _Chaps. 15-21._
+
+
+_2._ REFERENCE.
+
+Gosse (E.)--From Shakespeare to Pope.
+
+Gosse (E.)--History of 18th century literature, _1660-1780_. _1902._
+
+Cambridge History of English literature. _Vols. 7-9._
+
+Masterman (J. H. B.)--Age of Milton, _1632-1660_. _Handbooks of E.L.
+1901._
+
+Garnett (R.)--Age of Dryden, _1660-1700_. _Handbooks of E.L. 1895._
+
+Dennis (John)--Age of Pope, _1700-1744_. _Handbooks of E.L. 1901._
+
+
+PART IV.--_1745-1832._
+
+
+_1._ READING.
+
+Seccombe (T.)--Age of Johnson, _1745-1798_. _Handbooks of E.L. 1902._
+
+Herford (C. H.)--Age of Wordsworth, _1798-1832_. _Handbooks of E.L.
+1905._
+
+Albert (E.)--English literature. _Chaps. 9-10._
+
+Brooke (S. A.)--English literature. _Chaps. 7-8._
+
+Buchan (J.)--English literature. _Sections 5-6._
+
+Long (W. J.)--English literature. _Chaps. 9-10._
+
+Saintsbury (G.)--English literature. _Books 9-10._
+
+Strong (A. T.)--English literature. _Chaps. 22-28._
+
+Bates (K. L.)--American literature. _Chaps. 1-3._
+
+Trent (W. P.)--American literature. _Parts 1-3._
+
+
+_2._ REFERENCE.
+
+Cambridge History of English literature. _Vols. 10-12._
+
+Cambridge History of American literature. _Vol. 1._
+
+Minto (W.)--Literature of the Georgian era. _1894._
+
+Phelps (W. L.)--The English romantic movement. _1893._
+
+Beers (H. A.)--The English romantic movement. _2 vols. 1910._
+
+Elton (O.)--Survey of English literature, _1780-1830_. _2 vols. 1912._
+
+
+PART V.--_1832-1920._
+
+
+_1._ READING.
+
+Saintsbury (G.)--History of 19th century literature, _1780-1895_.
+_1896._
+
+Walker (Hugh)--The age of Tennyson, _1832-1870_. _Handbooks of E.L.
+1897._
+
+Walker (Hugh)--Literature of the Victorian era. _1910._
+
+Walker (_Mr. and Mrs._ Hugh)--Outline of Victorian literature. _1914._
+
+Albert (E.)--English literature. _Chaps. 11-12._
+
+Buchan (J.)--English literature. _Section 6._
+
+Long (W. J.)--English literature. _Chap. 11._
+
+Saintsbury (G.)--English literature. _Book 11._
+
+Strong (A. T.)--English literature. _Chaps. 22-23._
+
+Bates (K. L.)--American literature. _Chaps. 4-6._
+
+Trent (W. P.)--American literature. _Part 4._
+
+
+_2._ REFERENCE.
+
+Cambridge history of English literature. _Vols. 12-14._
+
+Cambridge history of American literature. _Vols. 2-3._
+
+Cunliffe (J. W.)--English literature during the last half century.
+_1919._
+
+Elton (Oliver)--Survey of English literature, _1830-1880_. _2 vols.
+1920._
+
+Jackson (Holbrook)--The Eighteen-nineties. _1913._
+
+Kennedy (J. M.)--English literature, _1880-1905_. _1912._
+
+Manly (J. M.) _and_ Rickert (E.)--Contemporary American literature:
+bibliographies and study outlines. _1923._
+
+Manly (J. M.) _and_ Rickert (E.)--Contemporary British literature:
+bibliographies and study outlines. _1923._
+
+Williams (Harold)--Modern English writers, _1890-1914_.
+
+
+LITERARY HISTORY.
+
+
+_Lesson 1 (c. 500-1500)._
+
+
+PART I.--OLD ENGLISH PERIOD (_c. 500 to 1066_).
+
+_Forces at Work._--The Anglo-Saxon invasion and gradual conquest and
+settlement. The coming of Christianity and its struggle with the pagan
+view of life. The inroads of the Danes and the growth of national
+feeling under Alfred. The subsequent Danish rule and the Gallicising of
+the court. The Norman Conquest.
+
+_Literary Features._--Early literature pagan. The late development
+of Christian prose and poetry. The preponderance of anonymous works.
+The lack of originality shown in the large number of translations and
+imitations. Pagan literature almost wholly descriptive and narrative;
+the meditative element. Christian literature chiefly religious and
+didactic. Note the chief surviving texts and their peculiarities; also
+the characteristics of Anglo-Saxon prosody.
+
+_1._ PAGAN POETRY.--(_a_) _Descriptive and Narrative_:--“Beowulf.”
+“Widsith.” “Waldhere.” “Finnsburgh.” “Brunanburgh.” “Maldon.” (_b_)
+_Meditative_:--“The Wanderer.” “The Seafarer.” “Deor’s Lament.” “The
+Wife’s Complaint.” “The Husband’s Message.”
+
+_2._ CHRISTIAN POETRY. (_a_) Caedmon and his school. (_b_) Cynewulf and
+his followers. (_c_) _Minor works_:--“The Riming Poem,” Proverbs, etc.
+
+_3._ ANGLO-SAXON PROSE.--Alfred. Aelfric. Wulfstan. The Homilists.
+“The Chronicle.” (Note the character of the works translated, and the
+influence of Latin).
+
+_4._ LATIN PROSE.--Bede. Aldhelm. Alcuin.
+
+
+PART II.--MIDDLE ENGLISH PERIOD (_1066-1350_).
+
+_Forces at Work._--Effects of the Norman Conquest. Growth of feudalism.
+The struggle between the king and barons, and between ecclesiastical
+and civil power. The spread of monastic orders; the development of
+Parliament and constitution. The wars with Scotland, France and Wales;
+the growth of towns and industries. The foundation of universities and
+the growth of scholarship. The beginnings of chivalry and the spirit of
+romance.
+
+_Literary Features._--The disappearance of Anglo-Saxon as a literary
+language. The predominance of Latin and French works until the 13th
+century. The gradual merging of Norman and Anglo-Saxon into English;
+the clash of dialects and the final triumph of the West Midland speech;
+the subsequent struggle between Latin, French, and native models in
+poetry and prose. Note the decrease in anonymous works (but lack of
+detail regarding most authors), and the absence of any great literary
+figure. Poetry predominates and attains new forms in the metrical
+romance and the lyric. The revival of alliteration at the end of the
+period. The growth of rhymed models.
+
+_1._ ANGLO-LATIN LITERATURE.--Note influence of Paris and Oxford.
+(_a_) _Chroniclers_: William of Malmesbury. Henry of Huntingdon.
+Geoffrey of Monmouth. William of Newburgh. Jocelin of Brakelond.
+Giraldus Cambrensis. Walter Map. Matthew Paris, (_b_) _Scholars and
+Philosophers_: Anselm. John of Salisbury. Alex. Neckham. Robert
+Grosseteste. Roger Bacon. Richard de Bury. Duns Scotus. William of
+Occam.
+
+_2._ ANGLO-FRENCH LITERATURE.--Gaimer and Wace, and their influence on
+the rhyming chroniclers. Religious and didactic works and their English
+counterparts. The Norman romantic spirit and its influence on popular
+literature.
+
+_3._ MIDDLE ENGLISH PROSE.--“The Ancren Riwle.” “Ayenbit of Inwit.”
+
+_4._ POETRY OF THE TRANSITION.--(_a_) _The Rhyming Chronicles_:
+Layamon. Robert of Gloucester. Mannynge of Brunne. Laurence Minot.
+(_b_) _Religious and Didactic_: (_i_) The “Ormulum.” “Owl and the
+Nightingale.” “Proverbs of Alfred.” “Poema Morale.” (_ii_) “Proverbs
+of Hendyng.” “Cursor Mundi.” “Pricke of Conscience.” “Handlynge
+Synne.” (_c_) _Metrical Romances_: The Carlovingian, Arthurian, Roman,
+and other romance “cycles.” (_d_) _Tales in Verse_: Fabliaux, moral
+tales, beast stories, and satirical pieces. Story collections like
+the “Gesta Romanorum” and the “Seven Sages of Rome.” (_e_) _Lyric and
+Miscellaneous_: Songs of love and religion. Political Songs. (_f_) _The
+Alliterative Revival_: “Pearl,” “Cleanness,” “Patience,” “Sir Gawayne
+and the Green Knight.”
+
+_5._ ORIGINS OF THE DRAMA.--Mummery, miracle plays, and mysteries.
+
+_6._ OUTLINES OF WELSH AND IRISH LITERATURE.
+
+
+PART III.--THE EARLY RENAISSANCE (_1350-1500_).
+
+_Forces at Work._--The growing social unrest following the Plague. The
+growth of town life and industries. The strengthening of Parliament
+under the Lancastrians. The decay of the religious orders and growth of
+Lollardy. The introduction of printing leading to a wider interest in
+literature.
+
+_Literary Features._--The renewal of continental influences under
+Chaucer. The standardisation of English. The growth of the critical
+spirit leading in religion to polemic and in poetry to a nearer
+approach to realism. The development of miracle and morality plays
+in connection with industries and town life. The decline of anonymity
+and the appearance of the first great literary figures. The growing
+importance of prose, and the formation of a definite style. The
+development of a new prosody, and the growth of allegory, ballad
+literature, and political songs. The rapid development in Scotch poetry.
+
+_1._ POETRY.--(_a_) _The Leaders_: Chaucer. Langland. Gower. (_b_)
+_English Chaucerians_: Lydgate, Occleve, Hawes, and the minors. (_c_)
+_Early Scots Poetry_: Barbour. Blind Harry. Andrew of Wyntoun. The
+Chroniclers. (_d_) _Scottish Chaucerians_: James I. Henryson. Dunbar.
+Douglas. Kennedy. (_e_) _Folk Poetry_: Songs, ballads, political and
+religious verse.
+
+_2._ THE DRAMA.--Development of miracle plays and moralities. _The
+chief cycles_: York, Wakefield, Chester, Coventry Newcastle, Norwich.
+_Chief Moralities_: “Castle of Perseverance,” “Mary Magdalen,”
+“Everyman.”
+
+_3._ PROSE.--Wyclif and Trevisa, Mandeville, Pecock, Fortescue, and
+Capgrave. Malory, Caxton, and Berners. The “Paston Letters.”
+
+
+TEST PAPER--(_c. 500 to 1500_).
+
+_1._ The Christian poetry of the Anglo-Saxon period is generally
+divided into two schools. Name these, and arrange under each the chief
+works and writers where known.
+
+_2._ What are the chief characteristics of Old English prose?
+
+_3._ What effect had the Norman Conquest on English literature?
+
+_4._ Name the chief poems which mark the transition stage between Old
+English and Modern English.
+
+_5._ In what form did the romantic spirit find its outlet in Middle
+English literature?
+
+_6._ Contrast the literary spirit of Chaucer’s age with that of the
+previous age.
+
+_7._ Who were the chief followers of Chaucer in England and Scotland?
+Briefly contrast any two of them.
+
+_8._ What was Caxton’s special service to English literature?
+
+_9._ Write brief notes on any three of the following: “Widsith,”
+“Pricke of Conscience,” “Sir Gawayne,” “Gesta Romanorum,” the “Prologue
+to the Canterbury Tales,” “Ancren Riwle,” “Mandeville’s Travels,”.
+
+_10._ Name the source and approximate date of any five of the following:
+
+    “Sumer is icumen in.”
+
+    “He was a very parfit gentil knight.”
+
+    “In a somer seson, when softe was the sonne.”
+
+    “He knew the taverns well in every toun.”
+
+    “A freedom is a nobil thing.”
+
+    “His study was but litel in the Bible.”
+
+    “For he that is trewe of his tongue, and of his two handes and doth
+    the werken therewith, and willeth no man ille; He is a god by the
+    gospel.”
+
+
+_Lesson 2 (1500-1630)_
+
+
+PART I.--RENAISSANCE AND REFORMATION (_1500-1579_).
+
+_Forces at Work._--The accession of the Tudors making for peace and
+social development. The introduction and spread of the new learning
+by Erasmus and others. The Reformation. Henry’s struggle with the
+Papacy, and the resulting reconstitution of the English church and
+dissolution of the monasteries. The religious persecutions under Mary
+and Elizabeth, and the beginnings of Puritanism.
+
+_Literary Features._--A period of transition and for the most part poor
+in material. Changes in the language, such as the dropping of the final
+e, are causing new metrical experiments and forms. Barclay introduces
+the ecologue, and Wyatt and Surrey the sonnet. A striking feature is
+the decay of Scottish poetry, which does not revive until the 18th
+century. The drama gradually supersedes the old metrical romance. The
+miracle and morality play give way to the interlude, and later to
+tragedy and comedy proper. Prose is chiefly concerned with religious
+and historical topics. There is a marked decay in the influence of
+Latin models, and some tentative attempts to develop native qualities.
+The bases of all our four prose styles are laid in this period.
+
+_1._ POETRY.--(_a_) _The Scottish Rearguard_: Lyndsay. Maitland.
+Alex. Scott. Alex. Montgomerie. (_b_) _The Spenserian Vanguard_:
+Hawes. Barclay. Skelton. (_c_) _Satirical and Social Literature_: Mock
+testaments. Satires on women. Jest books. Vagabond literature, (_d_)
+_The New English Poetry_: Wyatt and Surrey. Gascoigne. Sackville. _The
+poetical miscellanies._ (_e_) _Verse Translations from the Classics_:
+Their influence as source books for dramatic plots, etc. Jasper
+Heywood. Turberville. Phaer and Golding.
+
+_2._ THE DRAMA.--_The Interlude_: John Heywood and John Rastel. Bale
+and the “mystery play.” The new classical models at court and school.
+_The first comedies_: “Ralph Roister Doister,” “Gammer Gurton’s
+Needle,” etc. Dutch, Spanish, and Italian influences. Gascoigne.
+Edwards and the anonymous “Humanists,” and their tragi-comedy.
+_Romantic comedy_: “Promos and Cassandra,” _Senecan Tragedy_:
+“Gorboduc,” Gascoigne. Kyd. Daniel.
+
+_3._ CRITICAL PROSE.--Elyot and Ascham. Cheke. Wilson.
+
+_4._ THE RENAISSANCE SCHOLARS.--Erasmus. Linacre. Grocyn. Colet. Lyly.
+Fisher. More. Elyot.
+
+_5._ REFORMATION LITERATURE.--Erasmus. “The Book of Common Prayer.”
+Tyndale, Coverdale, and other workers on the English Bible. Cranmer,
+Latimer, and the sermon writers. Sternhold and Hopkins and the Hymnal.
+Foxe’s “Book of Martyrs.” _The Reformation in Scotland_: P. Hamilton.
+J. Knox. R. Lindesay.
+
+_6._ HISTORY AND TRAVEL.--Berners. Bale. Hall. Leland. Harrison.
+Hollinshed.
+
+PART II.--THE ELIZABETHANS (_1579-1630_).
+
+_Forces at Work._--An age of expansion, geographically and mentally.
+England becomes a power of the first rank, and her new position in the
+world of affairs is emphasised by the glorious victory of 1588, and
+the achievements of her explorers, adventures, and business men. The
+influx of new ideas from the east, and the material wealth from the
+west, overshadow the old religious quarrels, and the union of Scotland
+and England helped to settle dynastic problems for a time. The new
+commercial developments, however, raised the position of the middle
+classes, and the reign of James I. is mainly a struggle for economic
+power on their part and the “divine right of kings” idea on the part of
+the crown.
+
+_Literary Features._--The age is characterised by its revolt against
+tradition. Despite the new interest in the classics, translations and
+imitations are rendered in a remarkably free spirit. All borrowings are
+remoulded and re-fashioned, and given a character native to themselves.
+The language, in spite of the introduction of a host of foreign words,
+emerges tempered and polished, and there is a remarkable output in all
+forms of literature. The age is a quest for romance and adventure,
+and nowhere does this spirit show itself so well as in literature.
+The drama makes a wonderful leap into maturity; poetry blossoms forth
+in great and original beauty. Prose attains a first-rate position,
+steadily developing through the “conceits” of Euphuism to the splendid
+models of Bacon and Hooker. The novel _only_ remains in its infancy, as
+blank verse and metrical facility still overshadow the glorious prose
+weapon in the course of development.
+
+The chief poetic forms in use (stated in the order of their popularity)
+were the lyric and the sonnet, the descriptive and narrative poem, from
+pure description to allegory and pastoral; the religious, satirical
+and didactic poem. The drama reaches its summation between _1595_
+and _1615_, and begins to decline with Jonson. After Shakespeare the
+pre-eminence of tragedy is challenged by light comedy, while the
+masque has a brief but glorious run from Jonson to Milton. In prose
+we have the remarkable vogue of the “character sketch,” developing
+into the regular essay with Bacon, while the prose romance, a host of
+miscellaneous pamphlets, theological writings, sermons translations,
+travels, and the remarkable “Anatomy of Melancholy” all serve to form
+the foundation of many important groups of the future.
+
+_1._ POETRY.--(_a_) _Spenser and his successors_: Drummond. Wither.
+Wm. Browne. Greville. Sir John Davis. Giles and Phineas Fletcher,
+(_b_) _The Sonneteers_: Spenser. Sidney. Daniel. Constable. Lodge.
+Barnes. G. Fletcher. Drayton. Shakespeare. (_c_) _Lyrists_: The lyric
+in the drama. Greene. Breton. Lodge. Munday. John Wotton. Barnefield.
+The miscellanies. Campion. Jonson. Shakespeare. (_d_) _Political
+and Patriotic Verse_: Warner. Daniel. Drayton. (_e_) _Religious and
+Philosophical Verse_: Giles and Phineas Fletcher. Sir John Davies.
+Southwell. Wither. Donne. Drummond. (_f_) _Verse Satire_: Drayton.
+Donne. Joseph Hall. Marston.
+
+_2._ THE DRAMA.--(_a_) _Shakespeare’s predecessors_: The “university
+wits”: Lyly. Nash. Peele. Lodge. Greene. Kyd. Marlowe. (Note chiefly:
+historical plays are of a tragical cast; Lyly the only romantic comedy
+writer till Shakespeare). (_b_) _Shakespeare, his contemporaries
+and successors_: Jonson. Beaumont and Fletcher. Chapman. Marston.
+Dekker. Middleton. Heywood. Tourneur. Webster. (_c_) _The Masque_:
+Spenser. Jonson. Campion. Chapman. Beaumont. _(d) Pastoral Drama_:
+The “university wits.” Daniel. Fletcher. Jonson. (_e_) _Dramatic
+Criticism_: The Puritan attack on the stage. Gosson _versus_ Lodge.
+Stubbs _versus_ Heywood, etc.
+
+_3._ PROSE.--(_a_) _The Novel_: Its origins in romance of chivalry
+and pastoral romance. The idylls of Lyly, Sidney, Greene, Lodge. The
+realistic attempts of Nash and Deloney. The collections of tales from
+foreign sources by Brooke, Painter, Fenton, and Pettie. (_b_) _The
+“Character Sketch” and Essay_: Hall. Breton. Overbury. Earle. Bacon.
+(_c_) _The critics_: Sidney. Harvey. Puttenham. Webbe. Harington.
+T. Heywood. Jonson. Campion _versus_ Daniel. War of diction, form,
+and style. (_See also_ Dramatic Criticism), (_d_) _The Satirists_:
+Audelay. Harman. Dekker. Nash (_See also_ verse satire). (_e_) _The
+Translators_: The Bible (A.V.) North. Florio. Holland. Fairfax. _Verse
+translations_--Chapman. Stanyhurst. Harington. (_f_) _Historians and
+Antiquaries_: Bacon. Raleigh. Knolles. Camden. Stow. (_g_) _Travel
+and Geography_: Gilbert. Hawkins. Davies. Best. Hakluyt. Purchas.
+Coryat. The poetry of discovery. (_h_) _Religious Controversialists and
+Theologians_: Hooker. Andrewes. Ussher. Hall. Donne. The Marprelate
+Controversy. (_i_) _Philosophical and Miscellaneous Prose_: Burton.
+Bacon. Jonson. Selden.
+
+
+TEST PAPER--_1500-1630_.
+
+_1._ Briefly outline the developments of the drama from _1500-1630_.
+
+_2._ Name the chief representatives of the English “humanists” and
+Reformation writers. Describe the work of any one of them.
+
+_3._ The Elizabethans have been described as “adventurers all.” Justify
+this in reference to their literary output.
+
+_4._ What were the chief foreign influences at work during the period
+_1500-1630_?
+
+_5._ Who were the chief prose writers of the period _1550-1630_?
+Contrast any two of them.
+
+_6._ Write a brief critical account of any one of the following:
+Marlowe, Jonson, Bacon, or Spenser.
+
+_7._ Discuss the origin and development of the novel in reference to
+this period.
+
+_8._ Shakespeare’s dramatic career is usually classified into periods.
+Describe these, and name three plays belonging to each.
+
+_9._ What were the chief poetical forms in use in Shakespeare’s day?
+Name four users of any one of them.
+
+_10._ Name the author of four of the following quotations, and the
+works in which they appear:--
+
+    “Drink to me only with thine eyes.”
+
+    “Dost thou think because thou art virtuous
+    There shall be no more cakes and ale.”
+
+    “There is a garden in her face
+    Where roses and white lilies blow.”
+
+    “Into the breast which gave the rose
+    Shall I with shuddering fall.”
+
+    “We mark when we hit but rarely when we miss.”
+
+    “Since there’s no help, come let us kiss and part.”
+
+    “Was this the face that launched a thousand ships.”
+
+    “He that plots to be the only figure among ciphers
+    Is in danger of becoming the decay of a whole age.”
+
+
+_Lesson 3 (1630-1746)._
+
+
+PART I.--AGE OF MILTON (_1630-1660_).
+
+_Forces at Work._--The national unity of the Elizabethan age changes
+to one of internal strife and dissension. The struggle between the
+doctrine of the “divine right of kings” and civil liberty becomes most
+acute, and after the failure of the Long Parliament the country is
+involved in civil war. The defeat of the Royalists and the rise of the
+Puritans changes the conflict to one of civil and religious liberty,
+in which the latter gains a temporary triumph. The pendulum of feeling
+sweeps violently back again soon after Cromwell’s death.
+
+_Literary Features._--The clash of parties is deeply reflected in the
+literature of the times. The unsettled state of affairs results in a
+smaller output of poetry, and prose assumes a fierce and disputatious
+character. Milton dominates the period, and with this exception, the
+fashion is towards shorter poems with more fancy and less fervour, as
+witness the metaphysical lyric and its frequent leaps into remote fancy
+and absurdity. The Elizabethan adventurous spirit has gone; a pensive
+and often melancholy attitude takes its place. The religious lyric is
+the only form showing signs of real exaltation: the love lyric, the
+ode, the narrative and descriptive poem all tend towards artificiality.
+The classic emphasis on form steadily develops. The heroic couplet
+begins its long reign, and except in Milton, blank verse is extremely
+slipshod. Prose shows a fairly continuous development. The tendency
+is toward the ornate, but both middle and plain styles are well
+represented. Narrative prose is small, but the age is famous for its
+sermons, philosophical, historical, and miscellaneous types. A special
+development is the journalistic essay. The drama has practically
+collapsed, the only men of note up to the closing of the theatres in
+_1642_, being Ford, Massinger, Shirley, Suckling, Davenant.
+
+_1._ POETRY.--(_a_) _The Caroline Lyrists_: Decline of the sonnet.
+The classical lyric. The Caroline lyric. Jonson’s influence. Herrick.
+Carew. Suckling. Lovelace. Chamberlayne. Kynaston. John Hall. (_b_)
+_The Metaphysical School_: Herbert. Crashaw. Vaughan. Treherne.
+Quarles. (_c_) _The Couplet_: Decline of blank verse. Sir John
+Beaumont. Sandys. Waller. Denham. Cowley. Davenant. Marvell. (_d_)
+_Milton and his poetry_: The epic. The ode. The pastoral. The sonnet.
+The masque.
+
+_2._ THE DRAMA and its decline. The Elizabethan tradition: Massinger.
+Ford. Shirley. Randolph. Brome. Suckling. The masque: Jonson to Milton.
+Davenant and the new heroic play.
+
+_3._ THE NOVEL. Bunyan.
+
+_4._ ESSAYISTS AND CRITICS.--Milton. Hobbes. Davenant. Cowley. Growth
+of literary characterisation and appreciation. Beginnings of journalism.
+
+_5._ THE SATIRE.--Marvell. Denham.
+
+_6._ STUDY AND RESEARCH.--(_a_) _Theology_: Baker. Treherne. Baxter.
+Fuller. Taylor, (_b_) _Philosophy_: Hobbes and his critics. Harington.
+Glanvill. (_c_) _History and Antiquities_: Herbert. Clarendon. Digby.
+Browne. Fuller. Walton. Urquhart.
+
+
+PART II.--AGE OF DRYDEN (_1660-1700_).
+
+_Forces at Work._--The rigour of the Puritans did not long survive
+the death of Cromwell. In _1660_, the Stuarts were restored and the
+pendulum swung from restriction to license. The political power of
+England declined, and the old Stuart tyranny in religion and politics
+served to keep alive religious and political factions. In _1688_,
+James II. fled, to be succeeded by William and Mary. A new era of
+constitutional monarchy, of civil and religious freedom, of decency in
+social life resulted, and England’s position in European affairs rose
+once more. These conditions were strikingly reflected in the literature
+of the times. After _1688_, literature emphasises the political rather
+than the religious side of affairs.
+
+_Literary Features._--The Elizabethan romantic spirit is completely
+spent. The new spirit is all for restraint and convention. Note the
+imitation of Latin models in poetry, and French models in comedy; the
+combination of French and classical models in producing the new “heroic
+play,” and the growth of the “correct school.” As in the previous age
+one figure towers over all the rest. Outside the work of Dryden the age
+is poor in ode, lyric, and narrative poetry, but satirical verse shows
+great development. The use of the heroic couplet spreads throughout
+poetry and drama; blank verse is very rare and very slipshod; while the
+lyric still follows the artificial Caroline tradition. Drama has a new
+lease of life; French example is developing the new play of “Manners”
+of a very licentious character. Prose is not very great in bulk, but
+it shows a tendency towards a plain and forcible style. The new “Royal
+Society,” with its demand for clearness of expression had much to do
+with the new prose. The ornate style of the previous age has but one
+great exponent: Burnet.
+
+_1._ POETRY.--(_a_) _The Lyrists_: Dryden. Marvell. The court poets:
+Rochester, Sedley, etc. (_b_) _Narrative_: Dryden. Butler. (_c_)
+_Satirical and Didactic_: Dryden. Butler. Oldham. Shadwell. (_d_)
+_Criticism in Verse_: Mulgrave and Roscommon.
+
+_2._ THE DRAMA.--Spanish and French influences: Molière, Corneille.
+Racine, etc. (_a_) _The Heroic Play_: _Dryden_. Orrery. Killigrew.
+Settle. Lee. (_b_) _Comedy_: Dryden. Etheredge. Shadwell. Wycherley.
+Congreve. Vanbrugh. Farquhar. Behn. Cibber. Centlivre. (_c_) _Tragedy_:
+Otway. Lee. Crowne. Southerne. Rowe.
+
+_3._ THE NOVEL.--Bunyan. Aphra Behn.
+
+_4._ THE ESSAY.--The beginnings of modern English prose. Science
+and the demand for clarity and simplicity. Pulpit plainness. French
+influences. Dryden. Cowley. Osborne. Temple. Halifax.
+
+_5._ MEMOIRS, LETTERS AND DIARIES.--Evelyn. Pepys. Hamilton. Whitelocke.
+
+_6._ POLITICAL WRITERS.--Locke. Sidney. The pamphleteers and the news
+letter.
+
+_7._ STUDY AND RESEARCH.--(_a_) _Economists_: Locke. Petty. (_b_)
+_Science_: Digby. Newton. Harvey. Boyle. Glanvil. (_c_) _Religion_:
+Barrow. Pearson. Wilkins. Stillingfleet. Tillotson. South. Bunyan. Fox.
+Penn. Barclay, (_d_) _Philosophy_: Locke. Whichcote and the Cambridge
+Platonists. More. Cudworth. Culverwell. Cumberland. Glanvil. (_e_)
+_History, Travel and Antiquities_: Burnet. Ludlow. Temple. Coke. à
+Wood. Dugdale. Ashmole. Knox. Dampier. Molesworth.
+
+
+PART III.--AGE OF POPE (_1700-1740_).
+
+_Forces at Work._--Under Anne the chief influences which left their
+mark on literature were the War of the Spanish succession, the rise of
+political parties, the Act of Settlement and the new study of social
+and industrial conditions. Under George I. history is largely Whig
+politics and the development of English trade. Political life was
+corrupt and cynical and social outlook materialistic. The year _1714_,
+was the culminating point of the strife between Whigs and Tories. The
+accession of the House of Hanover was a triumph for the Low Church and
+the middle classes generally.
+
+_Literary Features._--The age is chiefly one of development in prose
+style. The tendency in poetry is all towards convention and polish
+rather than fervour and freedom. Under Pope and his school the heroic
+couplet reaches its climax as a weapon of criticism and satire, and
+is often no more than rhymed prose. The political strife influenced
+literature in several ways: (_a_) it unloosed an avalanche of pamphlets
+and developed a virulent prose style, (_b_) assisted in the formation
+of those clubs and coffee houses which were to have so great an
+influence on the essay, (_c_) produced a swarm of party periodicals and
+literary journals, (_d_) helped to create an increased reading public
+and led to the development of the new publishing houses and the race of
+hack writers of “Grub Street.”
+
+_1._ POETRY.--(_a_) _The Lyrists_: Prior. Gay. (_b_) _Critical and
+Satirical Verse_: Pope. Swift. Prior. Garth. Parnell. Winchilsea.
+Savage. Young. (_c_) _Pastoral_: Pope. Gay. Ambrose Philips. (_d_)
+_The Ode_: Pope. Winchilsea. (_e_) _Narrative_: Pope’s Homer. Addison.
+Blackmore. (_f_) _The Scottish Revival_: The long blight and the kirk.
+Survival of popular songs. Allan Ramsay. Robt. Fergusson.
+
+_2._ THE DRAMA.--The effect of the new staging and general decline.
+Addison. Ambrose Philips. Steele. Gay. Ramsay. The musical play.
+
+_3._ THE NOVEL.--Defoe. Swift.
+
+_4._ ESSAYISTS AND CRITICS.--Defoe. Addison. Steele. Swift. Rymer.
+Gildon. Dennis. Cibber. Rise of the newspaper.
+
+_5._ MEMOIRS, ETC.--Lady M. W. Montagu. Lady Cowper. Lady Suffolk, etc.
+
+_6._ SATIRE.--(Chiefly political). Defoe. Swift. Arbuthnot. Addison.
+Bolingbroke. Mandeville.
+
+_7._ STUDY AND RESEARCH.--(_a_) _Economists_: Bolingbroke. (_b_)
+_Scholars and Antiquaries_: Bentley. Middleton and the classics.
+(_c_) _History and Travel_: Burnet. Strype. Collier. Neal, etc. (_d_)
+_Burlesques and Translations_: Cotton. John Philips. L’Estrange.
+
+_8._ BEGINNINGS OF AMERICAN LITERATURE.--The colonial period,
+_1607-1764_. (_a_) _Poetry_: Bradstreet. Wigglesworth. “The Bay Psalm
+Book.” (_a_) _Prose_ (_i_) John Smith Bradford. Winthrop and the early
+annalists. (_ii_) The Mather family and other New England divines.
+
+
+TEST PAPER (_1630-1745_).
+
+_1._ In what ways did the struggle between Parliament and the Crown
+affect literature in the period _1630-1660_?
+
+_2._ Who were the Caroline lyrists; compare their work with that of the
+Elizabethan lyrists.
+
+_3._ Compare Milton with Dryden, _or_ Defoe with Bunyan, or Evelyn with
+Pepys.
+
+_4._ Outline the qualities of Restoration drama. Name the chief writers
+in each form of play.
+
+_5._ Trace the development of English prose style from Bacon to Addison.
+
+_6._ What effects had political life on literature in the age of Pope?
+
+_7._ Name three philosophers, three scientific writers and three
+religious authors of the period _1660-1748_. Comment on the work of any
+one of them.
+
+_8._ Name the author and approximate date of any four of the following:
+“Night Thoughts,” “The Gentle Shepherd,” “Moll Flanders,” “Tale of a
+Tub,” “Venice Preserved,” “All for love,” “Grace Abounding.”
+
+_9._ Compare Pope and Swift as satirists, or Addison and Steele as
+essayists.
+
+_10._ Name the source of five of the following:--
+
+    “Words are wise men’s counters.”
+
+    “Stone walls do not a prison make.”
+
+    “Her feet beneath her petticoat
+    Like little mice stole in and out.”
+
+    “A little learning is a dangerous thing.”
+
+    “Still amorous and fond and billing
+    Like Philip and Mary on a shilling.”
+
+    “The proper study of mankind is man.”
+
+    “Tis not in mortals to command success,
+    But well do more, Sempronius, we’ll deserve it.”
+
+    “Man is a noble animal, splendid in ashes and pompous
+    in the grave.”
+
+
+_Lesson 4 (1745-1832)._
+
+
+PART I.--AGE OF JOHNSON (_1745-1798_).
+
+_Forces at Work._--The age is one of rapid and vigorous growth in
+science and speculation. Note particularly the influence of the
+“encyclopedists” and the French “salons.” In politics, England is
+developing a strong imperialistic tendency, and her wealth and
+possessions are growing apace. Whig and Tory still carry on the party
+feud, but with less animosity until the loss of the American colonies
+and the outbreak of the French Revolution. Philosophy is largely
+sceptical and official religion latitudinarian, but there is a growing
+feeling towards evangelism. Note the rise of Wesleyanism, the growing
+moral sense, the struggle for the freedom of the press, the movement
+towards prison reform and abolition of the slave trade, and also the
+beginnings of industrialism. Note above all the tendency towards
+naturalism, the new interest in man and his place in nature, and the
+growing feeling for the lower classes long before the French Revolution
+took place.
+
+_Literary Features._--In literature the tendencies are conflicting.
+The rapid growth of science and speculative thought is in favour of
+critical prose, but it also serves poetry by challenging the received
+ideas. Classicism is still a power with Johnson and his school,
+but there is a growing movement towards naturalism. The new spirit
+gradually led to the following changes. In poetry, a return to natural
+scenes in preference to the artificial pastoral pictures; a revolt
+against formal measures and a renewed interest in old Ballads and in
+the Middle Ages. In philosophy, to a great deal of theorising as to
+man’s place in the world around, and in history to a new critical
+school. In the novel we have realism side by side with sentimentalism,
+and in the latter years weird romance cheek by jowl with the
+philosophical novel and the didactic tale of manners. The drama is in a
+transition stage; the metrical play is giving way to the prose drama;
+tragedy is practically non-existent and comedy is only rescued from
+oblivion by two great names. In miscellaneous prose, letter-writing has
+become popular, and the periodical essay is becoming more literary and
+less political.
+
+
+(_a_) AMERICAN LITERATURE.
+
+_1._ POETRY.--Barlow and the “Hartford Wits.” Trumbull and Dwight’s
+epics. Frenau’s satires and lyrics. Ralph and the Philadelphians.
+
+_2._ DRAMA.--Beginnings. Tyler. Dunlap. Hillhouse.
+
+_3._ THE NOVEL.--Mrs. Foster. Mrs. Rowson and the domestic novel.
+
+_4._ POLITICIANS AND ORATORS.--Franklin. Jefferson. Paine. Dickinson.
+Quincy. Otis. Adams. Henry.
+
+_5._ DIARISTS.--Sewall. Woolman. Franklin.
+
+_6._ STUDY AND RESEARCH.--(_a_) _Philosophy and Religion_: Chauncey.
+Franklin. Woolman. Johnson. (_b_) _History and Travel_: Prince. Irving.
+Carver. Bartram. Lewis and Clark.
+
+
+(_b_) ENGLISH LITERATURE
+
+_1._ POETRY.--(_a_) _The Classical Tradition_: Cibber. Whitehead.
+Pye. Johnson. Goldsmith. Dyer. Blair. Shenstone. Akenside. Glover. E.
+Darwin. (_See also_ Satire). (_b_) _Poets of Transition_: Thomson.
+Collins. Gray. The Wartons. Russell. Smart. Cowper. Blake. Crabbe.
+(_c_) _Influence of the Middle Ages_: Macpherson. Percy’s “Reliques.”
+Ritson. Chatterton and Spenser. The Wartons. Tyrrwhitt and Chaucer.
+(_d_) _The Scottish Revival_: The Hamiltons. Jean Elliott. Beattie.
+Ross. Mickle. Logan. Bruce. Fergusson. Burns.
+
+_2._ DRAMA.--The predominance of repertoire until _1770_. Translations
+from the French, and the influence of Voltaire. (_a_) _Tragedy_:
+Johnson. Lillo. Moore. Home. (_b_) _Panto and Ballad Opera_: Rich.
+Gay. Centlivre. Young. Hughes. Thomson. (_c_) _Burlesque and Farce_:
+Fielding. Foote. (_d_) _Comedy_: Colman. Murphy. Towneley. Garrick.
+Goldsmith. Sheridan. O’Keefe. Macklin. Holcroft. (_e_) _Sentimental
+Drama_: Kelly. Cumberland.
+
+_3._ NOVEL.--The perfecting of the novel proper. (_a_) _The Picaresque
+Romance_: Fielding. Smollett. Sterne. (_b_) _The Novel of Manners and
+Sentiment_: Richardson. Sterne. Mackenzie. Burney. Brooks. (_c_) _The
+Romance of Terror_: Amory. Walpole. Beckford. Radcliffe. Reeve. Lewis.
+(_d_) _The Revolutionary Romance_: Godwin. Holcroft. Bage. Inchbald.
+(_e_) _The Didactic Tale_: Johnson. Goldsmith. H. More.
+
+_4._ ESSAYISTS AND CRITICS.--Johnson. Goldsmith. The Wartons. Gray. The
+periodical press. Mrs. Thrale. Mrs. Trench. Twining.
+
+_5._ ORATORY.--Burke. Fox. Pitt. Sheridan.
+
+_6._ DIARISTS, LETTER-WRITERS AND MEMOIRS.--Boswell. Burdy. Holcroft.
+Walpole. Wolfe Tone. Chesterfield. Burney. Hannah More. The
+Warwickshire coterie: Somervile. Shenstone. Jago. Graves. Cowper. Mrs.
+Montagu.
+
+_7._ SATIRE.--Churchill. Wolcot. Anstey. “The Rolliad.” “The
+Anti-Jacobin,” “The Baviad,” etc. “Junius.” Gifford. Canning. Frere.
+Burns, etc.
+
+_8._ POLITICAL LITERATURE.--Whig and Tory pamphleteers. Smollett.
+Wilkes. Burke. Paine. Godwin. Mary Wollstonecroft. Cobbett.
+
+_9._ STUDY AND RESEARCH.--(_a_) _Philosophy_: Hume. Adam. Smith.
+Hartley. Reid and the “commonsense” school. Bentham. Mill and
+Utilitarianism. Malthus. Young. E. Darwin. Stewart. (_b_) _Religion_:
+Dislike of enthusiasm and general tolerance. The divines: Wake.
+Sherlock. The Apologists: Paley. Horsley. Watson. Lowth. Warburton.
+The Sceptics: Priestley, Middleton, Paine and the deists. The
+evangelists: Whitefield, Fletcher, and the Wesleys. (_c_) _Classical
+Scholars, etc._: Parr. Horne Tooke. Wakefield. Porson. Toup. (_d_)
+_Science and Discovery_: Black. Cavendish. Priestley. Hutton. Dalton.
+White. Pennant. Pinkerton. Bruce. A. Young. (_e_) _Historians_: Gibbon.
+Hume. Robertson. Smollett. Goldsmith. Watson. Walpole. Mitford.
+Middleton. Whitaker. Ferguson. Strutt.
+
+_10._ CHILDREN’S BOOKS.--The Newberys. Edgeworth. Sherwood. Blake.
+Trimmer. Day. Barbauld.
+
+
+PART II.--AGE OF WORDSWORTH (_1798-1832_).
+
+_Forces at Work._--Note the influence of German thought, the effects
+of the French Revolution and of the War between England and France,
+_1793-1815_. Also the attitude of the English liberals to the French
+Republic and the difference between the older revolutionary poets such
+as Wordsworth and the younger such as Shelley. Equally important are
+the effects of the industrial revolution, the congregation of people in
+towns and the growing demand for political and social measures ending
+in the Reform Bill. Note also the War of _1812_, and the emergence of
+American literature proper.
+
+_Literary Features._--Literature is marked by a remarkable activity and
+success in all forms except the drama. Here nothing better could be
+done than low comedy, and the unsuccessful poetic tragedy of Byron and
+others. Poetry is exceedingly fertile. The return to Nature heralded
+in the previous age, and the new interest in the Middle Ages, comes
+to full fruition, while the growing philosophical spirit demands more
+than a mere metrical facility and sympathetic observation. All nature
+is the field, and the meaning thereof the quest. No new metrical forms
+are in vogue, but the new verse is marked by a wider range of subject,
+a freshness of treatment, and a simplicity of style. In the novel we
+have the full development of the historical and domestic types, and
+the introduction of the hybrid “society” novel. A tremendous advance
+takes place in the critical and miscellaneous essay. The vogue of these
+and of the political essay is seen in the number of new magazines and
+newspapers. Prose tends towards the middle style, but all kinds are
+represented from plain Cobbett to fervid De Quincey. Letter writers,
+literary biography and satire hold minor positions, but by no means
+negligible ones, while history and other forms of research are well
+represented.
+
+
+(_a_) AMERICAN LITERATURE.
+
+_1._ POETRY.--Bryant. Paulding. Dana, _Snr._ Woodworth.
+
+_2._ THE DRAMA.--Barker. Payne.
+
+_3._ THE NOVEL.--Brackenridge. Brown. Cooper. Irving. Paulding.
+
+_4._ THE ESSAY.--Channing. Dennie. Wirt. Paulding. Dana, _Snr._
+
+_5._ HUMOR.--Irving and the beginnings of short humorous sketch.
+
+_6._ POLITICIANS AND ORATORS.--Calhoun. Randolph. Clay. Webster.
+
+_7._ PHILOSOPHY AND RELIGION.--Hopkins. T. Dwight. A. Norton.
+
+_8._ HISTORY AND BIOGRAPHY.--Irving.
+
+
+(_b_) ENGLISH LITERATURE.
+
+_1._ POETRY.--(_a_) _Wordsworth Group--Poetry of Man and Nature_:
+Wordsworth. Coleridge. Bowles. Crabbe. Bloomfield. Clare. Elliott,
+(_b_) _Scott Group--Ballad and Song_: Scott. Leyden. Hogg. Cunningham.
+Tannahill. Motherwell. Campbell. Moore. Rogers. Southey. Hemans. (_c_)
+_Religious Poets_: Montgomery. Heber. Milman. K. White, (_d_) _Shelley
+and the younger Revolutionaries_: Shelley. Byron. Keats. Tennant.
+Horace Smith. Beddoes. Wells. Wade. Darley. Proctor. Landor.
+
+_2._ THE DRAMA.--The one region in which romanticism failed. Note
+prevalence of farce and “commercial” comedy, the vogue of Kotzebue and
+the German drama, and of melodrama, and the failure of romantic poetic
+drama. _Comedy_: O’Keefe. Colman, _Junr._ Inchbald. Holcroft, Tobin.
+Reynolds and Morton. _Melodrama:_ Lewis. Maturin. _Poetic Drama_:
+Wordsworth. Coleridge. Baillie. Knowles. Shelley. Beddoes. Byron.
+
+_3._ FICTION.--(_a_) _Novel of Manners_: Edgworth. Lady Morgan. Austen.
+Mitford. _Scotch_--Galt. Ferrier. Moir. Picken. Wilson. _Irish_--The
+Banims. Griffin. Croker. Carleton. (_b_) _The Picaresque Romance_: T.
+Hope. Morier. _The New Fashionable Novel_--Bulwer. Disraeli. Lister.
+_Satire_--Peacock. (_c_) _The Romance of Terror_: Lewis. Maturin. M. W.
+Shelley. (_d_) _The Revolutionary Romance_: Godwin. Mrs. Opie. Hannah
+More. (_e_) _Historical Novel_: The Porters. Miss Lees. M. W. Shelley.
+Scott.
+
+_4._ ESSAYISTS AND CRITICS.--(_a_) _The Johnsonian Tradition_: Jeffrey.
+S. Smith. Gifford. Lockhart. (_b_) _The Romantic School._: Lamb. De
+Quincey. Wilson, Hazlitt. Hunt. Coleridge. Wordsworth. Carlyle.
+
+_5._ LETTER WRITERS.--Keats. Byron. Lamb.
+
+_6._ SATIRE.--Frere. Gifford. Canning and light parody. Byron. Peacock.
+Shelley. More. J. and H. Smith.
+
+_7._ STUDY AND RESEARCH.--(_a_) _Science and Philosophy_: The
+Herschels. Brewster. Davy. W. Smith. Bell. Stewart and Brown,
+and the “commonsense” school. The “association” school. (_b_)
+_Politics and Sociology_: Godwin, Cobbett, and the “democratic
+reformers.” Mill, Ricardo, and the “philosophical radicals.” Malthus.
+Mackintosh. Coleridge. (_c_) _Theology_: (_i_) _The Liberals and
+Evangelicals_--Hall. Chalmers. Coleridge. Erskine. Irving. (_ii_) _The
+Conservatives_--Whately. Thirlwall. (_d_) _Historians_: (_i_) _Hume’s
+Followers_--Mitford. Coxe. Roscoe. (_ii_) _Gibbon’s Followers_--Sharon
+Turner. Lingard. Hallam. (_iii_) _Military History_--Southey. Napier.
+(_e_) _Explorers and Travellers_: Malcolm. Park. Burckhardt. Parry.
+Hall. (_f_) _Biography_: Southey. Moore. Lockhart.
+
+_8._ CHILDREN’S WRITERS.--Edgeworth. Lamb. J. Porter. Mrs. Sherwood.
+The Taylors. Mrs. Pilkington.
+
+
+TEST PAPER. (_1745-1832_).
+
+_1._ Describe briefly the successive phases of the novel from
+Richardson to Scott.
+
+_2._ What were the characteristics of the new romantic poetry from
+_1740-1780_; who were the chief writers?
+
+_3._ What reasons can you offer for the poor position of the drama
+during the period _1740-1830_?
+
+_4._ Trace the development of literary criticism from Johnson to
+Hazlitt.
+
+_5._ “During this period the writing of history was greatly advanced.”
+Discuss this statement.
+
+_6._ Write a brief essay on any one of the following: Austen, Burns,
+Johnson, Crabbe, Blake.
+
+_7._ Contrast Shelley with Byron, _or_ Keats with Wordsworth.
+
+_8._ Who wrote the following and when:--“Rasselas,” “Political
+Justice,” “Tam-o’-Shanter,” “The Task,” “Lyrical Ballads,” “Mrs. Battle
+on Whist,” “A Vision of Judgment”?
+
+_9._ Trace the development of satirical writing from _1745-1830_.
+
+_10._ Name the source of any five of the following quotations:
+
+  “O Sleep it is a gentle thing.”
+
+  “How wonderful is Death,
+  Death and his brother, Sleep.”
+
+  “Where’er we tread, t’is haunted holy ground.”
+
+  “The world is a comedy to those that think,
+  A tragedy to those who feel.”
+
+  “The man recovered of the bite,
+  The dog it was that died.”
+
+  “Knowledge is of two kinds. We know a subject ourselves, or we know
+  where we can find information on it.”
+
+  “The child is father to the man.”
+
+  “I stood tip-toe on a little hill.”
+
+  “Here’s to the maiden of bashful fifteen, Here’s to the widow of
+  fifty.”
+
+  “Nobody is on my side.... Nobody feels for my poor nerves.”
+
+
+_Lesson 5 (1832-1920)._
+
+
+PART I.--THE AGE OF TENNYSON (_1832-1870_).
+
+_Forces at Work._--This was an age of rapid change, and many events
+call for remark. Note especially the transcendental movement and its
+effects in England and America, the spread of democratic government,
+the raise of nationalism in Europe and its results on English poetry,
+the deep feeling for the working classes expressed in the Chartists
+and Christian Socialist movements, the Oxford Movement, the growth of
+commercial enterprise, the conventional outlook of the middle classes
+and the succeeding Pre-Raphaelite revolt, the beginnings of popular
+education and its effect on the reading public, especially in the
+development of magazines and newspapers, and also the cumulative effect
+of the new science on poetry, philosophy, history, and general outlook.
+
+_Literary Features._--As in the last age literature is abundant, the
+only weak section being the drama. In poetry and speculation the
+tendency is away from the hopeful expectations of the revolutionaries.
+Doubt and often despair is the note commonly struck. The old
+foundations are being undermined and man is seen to be not the
+easily perfectible animal he was thought to be. In work of a less
+philosophical character, the increased material prosperity of the
+middle classes tends towards conventionality, and the renewed interest
+in the past to imitative forms. The beginnings of the revolt occur in
+the fifties but it does not fully realise itself until the next period.
+In addition to the meditative element, narrative and lyric poetry are
+well represented. The most important event is the rise of the novel
+to the first place among literary forms. One must also notice the
+beginnings of the short story, the development of the literary lecture,
+and the popularity of the long essay, the new literary criticism and
+critical biography, and the rise of the scientific treatise to real
+literary rank. History is still chiefly “literary,” but there are
+tentative attempts at a philosophy of history and the beginnings of an
+application of scientific method to history.
+
+_1._ POETRY.--(_a_) _The Intellectual Movement_: Browning. Tennyson.
+Arnold. Clough. Fitzgerald. Bailey. Horne. (_b_) _The Pre-Raphaelites_:
+The Rossettis. De Tabley. Morris. Patmore. (_c_) _The Spasmodics_:
+Dobell. Alex. Smith. (_d_) _Religious Verse_: Keble. Newman. Hawker.
+Faber. Williams. Neale. C. Rossetti. (_e_) _Ballad Writers_: Tennyson.
+Browning. Macaulay. Aytoun. Barham. Hawker. Ingelow. Massey. F.
+H. Doyle. A. L. Gordon. (_f_) _Vers de Socitete_: Praed. Milnes.
+Locker-Lampson. (_g_) _Political Poetry_: Cooper. Loft. (_h_) _Wit and
+Humour_: Barham. Hood. Blanchard. Calderley. J. K. Stephen. Aytoun.
+Lear. (_i_) _The Celts_: Mangan. De Vere. Darley. (_j_) _The Ladies_:
+Browning. Rossetti. E. Bronte. Ingelow. Proctor. L.E.L. (_k_) _Dialect
+Writers_: Motherwell. Barnes.
+
+_2._ THE DRAMA.--(_a_) _Poetic Drama_: Browning. Beddoes. Knowles.
+Planché. De Vere. Sir H. Taylor. Lytton. Horne. (_b_) _Melodrama_:
+Boucicault. Tom Taylor. Wills. Jerrold. Poole. (_c_) _Farce and
+Comedy_: Brooks. H. J. Byron. Reade. Robertson. Gilbert.
+
+_3._ THE NOVEL.--(_a_) _Historical Romance_: Ainsworth. James. Lytton.
+Grant. Thackeray. Kingsley. Reade. (_b_) _Domestic Romance_: Warren.
+Wood. Craik. Yonge. Reade. (_c_) _Society Romance_: Lytton. Disraeli.
+(_d_) _The Novel of Manners_: (_i_) _English_--Dickens. Thackeray.
+The Brontës. Gaskell. Kingsley. Eliot. Meredith. Trollope. (_ii_)
+_Scotch_--Oliphant. Macdonald. (_iii_) _Irish_--Carleton. Maginn.
+Mahony. Lover. Lever. (_e_) _Romance of Adventure, etc._: Marryat.
+Whyte-Melville. Borrow. Collins. (_f_) _Children’s Writers_: M. Scott.
+Hughes. Kingsley. Carroll. Gatty. Rands. H. Martineau.
+
+_4._ ESSAYISTS AND CRITICS.--(_a_) _Literary Biography_: Carlyle.
+Lockhart. Stanley. Lewes. Forster. (_b_) _Johnsonian Tradition_:
+Jeffrey. Wilson. Lockhart. (_c_) _Romantic School_: Carlyle. Hunt.
+De Quincey. Macaulay. Wilson. Froude. (_d_) _The New Victorian
+School_: Ruskin. Thackeray. Rossetti. Arnold. Swinburne. (_e_) _The
+Miscellaneous Essay_: John Brown. The Hares. Landor. Helps. Rands.
+(_f_) _The New Literary Lecture_: Carlyle. Thackeray. Dickens.
+
+_5._ LETTERS, DIARIES, ETC.--Carlyle. Macaulay. Thackeray. Dickens.
+Fitzgerald.
+
+_6._ SATIRE AND HUMOUR.--Dickens. Thackeray. Jerrold. _See also_
+Poetry, Sec. (_h_).
+
+_7._ STUDY AND RESEARCH.--(_a_) _Theology_: (_i_) _The
+Tractarians_--Newman. Keble. Pusey. (_ii_) _Liberals_--Whately. T.
+Arnold. Maurice. Thirlwall. Stanley. Church. (_b_) _Philosophy_:
+(_i_) Carlyle and transcendentalism. (_ii_) Hamilton, Mansel, and the
+“commonsense” school (_iii_) J. S. Mill and the utilitarians, (_iv_)
+H. Martineau, Lewes, and the Comtists. (_v_) Spencer, James Martineau.
+Buckle. Bagehot. (_c_) _Science_: Lyell. Miller. Chambers. Spencer.
+Darwin. Huxley. Wallace. _Scientific Travel_--Wallace. Bates. Borrow.
+Livingstone. Speke. Burton. (_d_) _Historians_: (_i_) _Students
+of Origins_--Kemble. Palgrave. Trench. Muller. (_ii_) _Ancient
+History_--Lewis. T. Arnold. Thirlwall. Grote. Finlay. Milman. (_iii_)
+_Literary Historians_--Carlyle. Macaulay. Hallam. Froude. Burton.
+(_iv_) _Scientific and Philosophical_--Buckle. Maine. (_v_) _Military
+history_--Napier. Kinglake. Kaye. (_e_) _Biographers_: Carlyle. _See
+also_ Essayists, Sec. (_a_).
+
+
+AMERICAN LITERATURE (_1830-1865_).
+
+_1._ POETRY.--(_a_) _The New Englanders_: Longfellow. Whittier. Lowell.
+Holmes. Emerson. Willis. (_b_) _The Southerners_: Poe. Lanier. Timrod.
+(_c_) _The Middle States_: Halleck. Drake. B. Taylor. Holland. Boker.
+Whitman.
+
+_2._ THE DRAMA.--Bird. Smith. Conrad. Boker.
+
+_3._ THE NOVEL.--(_a_) _The Romancers_: Hawthorne. Poe. Kennedy. Simms.
+Melville. (_b_) _Novel of Manners_: Stowe. Winthrop. O’Brien. “Ik
+Marvel.” (_c_) _The Short Story_: Hawthorne. Poe. Cooke.
+
+_4._ THE HUMORISTS.--(_a_) Seba Smith. Haliburton. “Josh Billings.”
+“Artemus Ward.” D. R. Locke, (_b_) Saxe. Leland. Whittier. Lowell.
+Holmes.
+
+_5._ ESSAYISTS AND CRITICS.--Emerson. Ticknor. Poe. Lowell. Hudson.
+Willis. Tuckerman. Grant White. Whipple. Curtis. _Natural History
+Essay_: Thoreau. Burroughs.
+
+_6._ POLITICAL WRITINGS AND ORATORY.--Webster. Clay. Choate. Phillips.
+
+_7._ STUDY AND RESEARCH.--(_a_) _Philosophy and Religion_: Channing.
+Alcott. Parker. Emerson. Fuller. Thoreau. Bushnell. Beecher. Hopkins.
+(_b_) _History_: Bancroft. Prescott. Motley. Parkman.
+
+_8._ CHILDREN’S WRITERS.--Sedgwick. Child. Warner. Finley. Whitney.
+Goodrich. Abbott. Dana.
+
+
+LATER VICTORIAN AND GEORGIAN AGE (_1870-1920_).
+
+_Forces at Work._--Amidst ever increasing complexity one may briefly
+note (_a_) The influence of British imperialism and commercialism, the
+development of dominion literature, and the Celtic Revival partly due
+to the frustration of Irish nationalism; (_b_) the rapid development
+of industry and the resulting increase in production and population;
+(_c_) the growth of trade unionism, the widening rift between classes
+and masses, and the resulting emphasis in literature on political and
+social abuses; (_d_) realisation of a national Education Act, its
+further development, and the subsequent growth of popular literature
+and of journalism; (_e_) the spread of the scientific spirit and its
+effects in heightening a critical and analytical attitude; (_f_) the
+influences from France, Russia, and Scandinavia with their trend
+towards crude or impressionistic realism and psychological analysis.
+
+_Literary Features._--The complexity of the age favoured many attitudes
+besides realism and analysis. In poetry one may range from romantic
+lyric or narrative to “satires of circumstance” or “stage-door
+flashlights,” while the feeling towards new models is shown not only
+in choice and treatment of subject but in the wide experimentation in
+new forms of verse. The drama in its first stage is limited to romantic
+comedy, but after Ibsen it becomes realistic and often satirical.
+The novel rises to be the chief instrument of public expression, and
+amidst the vast output, one may note the steady stream of romantic,
+realistic, and propaganda novels, while the short story achieves a
+triumph in itself. Miscellaneous prose writers are prolific; the growth
+of journalism tends to shorten the literary and critical essay, but
+the lengthy literary biography has still many adherents. A prominent
+class is the historical, philosophical and scientific treatise, and
+with the rise of popular education children’s literature achieves a
+special place. In poetry, style ranges from florid Swinburne and ornate
+Thompson to the delicate silver of Bridges, while in prose there are
+masters in every style.
+
+
+LATER VICTORIAN AND GEORGIAN AGE (_1870-1920_).
+
+_1._ POETRY.--(_a_) _The Victorian Tradition_: Tennyson. Browning.
+Austin. Bridges. Blunt. Gosse. Lang. “Owen Meredith.” Phillips.
+Watts-Dunton. Beeching. Benson. Gale. Quiller-Couch. Carpenter.
+Hewlett. Flecker. (_b_) _The Pre-Raphaelites_: Rossetti. Patmore.
+Morris. Swinburne. De Tabley. (_c_) _The Impressionists_: A. Symons.
+Dowson. Wilde. Le Gallienne. (_d_) _Political and Muscular School_:
+Henley. Watson. Kipling. Newbolt. Binyon. (_e_) _The Catholic Poets_:
+L. Johnson. F. Thompson. Meynell. L. Housman. Chesterton. (_f_)
+_Philosophic and Realistic_: E. Arnold. Meredith. Hardy. Watson.
+J. Thomson. Marston. Davidson. A. E. Housman. Gibson. Masefield.
+Abercrombie. Drinkwater. Brooke. Thomas. (_g_) _The New Nature Poets_:
+Davies. De la Mare. Hodgson. (_h_) _The Celts_: (_i_) L. Morris.
+O’Shaughnessy. De Vere. Buchanan. Shairp. (_ii_) Yeats. “A.E.” Jas.
+Stephens. Colum. Hyde. (_j_) _The Ladies_: (_i_) Webster. Woods.
+Meynell. Field. R. M. Watson. (_ii_) Barlow. O’Neill. Hopper. Tynan.
+Shorter. Gore-Booth. (_k_) Adlington, Flint, and the “Imagists.”
+
+_2._ THE DRAMA.--(_a_) _Poetic Drama_: Tennyson. Swinburne.
+Phillips. Davidson. (_b_) _Prose Drama_: (_i_) Wilde. (_ii_) _The
+Romantics_--Pinero. Jones. Grundy. Chambers. Carton. (_iii_) _The
+Realists_--Shaw. Barker. Galsworthy. Hankin. Cannan. Houghton.
+Zangwill. (_iv_) _The Middle School_--Barrie. Sutro. Bennett. Milne.
+Maugham. Davies. Drinkwater. (_v_) _The Irish Literary Theatre_--Yeats.
+“A.E.” Geo. Moore. Synge. Gregory. Ervine. Mayne.
+
+_3._ THE NOVEL.--(_a_) _The Realists and the Novel of Manners_:
+Eliot. Trollope. Reade. Meredith. Gissing. Hardy. Crackanthorpe.
+Harland. Moore. Wilde. Kipling. Phillpotts. Conrad. Zangwill. Wells.
+Bennett. Galsworthy. Walpole. Beresford. Lawrence. Mackenzie. (_b_)
+_Philosophical Novel_: Butler. Morris. Shorthouse. Shaw. Davidson.
+Watts-Dunton. “Mark Rutherford.” (_c_) _The Scotch Novel_: Macdonald.
+McCleod. Black. Munro. “Ian Maclaren.” Crockett. Stevenson. “Geo.
+Douglas.” (_d_) _The Romance_: W. Morris. Collins. Stevenson. Besant
+and Rice. Blackmore. Hudson. Haggard. Baring-Gould. Doyle. Kipling.
+Parker. G. Allen. Merriman. D. C. Murray. Hall Caine. Wells. “A. Hope.”
+Locke. (_e_) _The Ladies_: (_i_) Eliot. Mrs. Oliphant. Lady Ritchie.
+Mrs. Wood. Mrs. Craik. C. M. Yonge. “J. S. Winter.” M. E. Braddon.
+(_ii_) Mrs. H. Ward. “O. Schreiner.” Sarah Grand. “George Egerton.”
+B. Harraden. “Lucas Malet.” “Ouida.” “J. O. Hobbes.” “E. Robins.” May
+Sinclair. Kaye-Smith. (_f_) _Humorous sketch_: Anstey. Jerome. Jacobs.
+Pain. Pett Ridge. Lyons. Milne. Birmingham. Somerville and Ross. (_g_)
+_The Short Story_: Hardy. Kipling. Doyle. Bennett. Wells. Zangwill.
+
+_4._ ESSAY AND CRITICISM.--(_a_) _Literary Criticism_: M. Arnold.
+J. Brown. L. Stephen. W. E. Henley. J. A. Symonds. A. Lang. E. V.
+Lucas. G. K. Chesterton. G. B. Shaw. Garnett. Gosse. “Q.” Archer.
+Clutton-Brock. Nevinson. Harrison. (_b_) _Art Criticism_: Ruskin.
+Pater. Wilde. Wedmore (_c_) _Literary Essay_: Stevenson. Jefferies.
+Pater. Carpenter. Bain. Paget. A. C. Benson. Squire. (_d_) _Literary
+Biography_: Forster. Masson. Smiles. Oliphant. L. Stephen. Pattison.
+Morley. (_e_) _Letters and diaries_: Swinburne. Stevenson. Brooke.
+Cory. “Barbellion.”
+
+_5._ STUDY AND RESEARCH.--(_a_) _Religion and Philosophy_: (_i_) Lewes.
+Eliot. H. Martineau. Congreve and the positivists. (_ii_) Spencer.
+Darwin, Huxley, and the evolutionists (_iii_) Jowett, T. H. Green,
+Caird and the Neo-Hegelians. (_iv_) Newman, Church, Martineau, and the
+theologians. (_b_) _The Scientists_: Darwin. Wallace. Huxley. (_c_)
+_Travel_: A. B. Edwardes. Stanley. Stevenson. Burnaby. Isabella Bird.
+M. Kingsley. (_d_) _The Historians_: (_i_) Buckle. Maine. Bagehot.
+Pearson. Seeley. Acton. Lecky. Maitland. and the philosophical school.
+(_ii_) Froude. Freeman. Stubbs. J. R. Green. Creighton. Gardiner,
+and the Oxford school. (_iii_) Kinglake. Henderson, and the military
+historians.
+
+_6._ CHILDREN’S WRITERS.--(_a_) _English_: Stephenson. Ewing. Carroll.
+Lear. Parry. Farrow. Nesbit. Lucas. Kipling. Barrie. Henty. Fenn, etc.
+(_b_) _American_: Stowe. Hawthorne. Alcott. “Mark Twain.” Harris.
+Field. Ryley. Coffin. Stockton. Pyle. Ellis. Burnett.
+
+_7._ AMERICAN LITERATURE.--(_a_) _Poetry_: T. B. Aldrich. J. Miller.
+R. W. Gilder. J. W. Ryley. E. C. Stedman. R. H. Stoddard. R. Hovey.
+(_b_) _The Drama_: Howells. Daly. Fitch. Howard. The Mackayes. (_c_)
+_The Novel_: H. James. W. D. Howells. G. W. Cable. J. L. Allen.
+E. P. Roe. F. M. Crawford. L. Wallace. J. London. F. Norris. E.
+Wharton. (_d_) _The Essayists_: C. E. Norton. T. W. Higginson. M. W.
+Conway. E. C. Stedman. H. James. G. W. Curtis. H. W. Mabie. E. More.
+(_e_) _The Humorous Sketch and Story_: “Mark Twain.” “Bret Harte.”
+Ambrose Bierce. “Max Adeler.” “Bill Nye.” H. Ade. F. P. Dunne. C. G.
+Leland. “O. Henry.” (_f_) _Religion and Philosophy_: Gladden. Brooks.
+Fiske. Pierce. Schaff. MacCosh. Royce. W. James. Dewey. Baldwin. G.
+Santanyana. (_g_) _Historians_: Lea. Bancroft. Mahan.
+
+
+TEST PAPER (_1832-1920_)
+
+_1._ Who were the Pre-Raphaelites? What was their literary attitude?
+
+_2._ Outline the history of the drama from Robertson to Barker.
+
+_3._ In what respects do Hardy and Meredith agree and differ as poets
+and as novelists?
+
+_4._ Compare Whitman with Swinburne, or Tennyson with Browning.
+
+_5._ Write a brief essay on the cult of the short story from Irving to
+O. Henry.
+
+_6._ Show the development of realism either in poetry or prose fiction
+from _1870_.
+
+_7._ Name three American and three English humorists. Compare the work
+of any two of them.
+
+_8._ Write brief notes on any three of the following: Macaulay, Jas.
+Thomson, Sir W. Watson, O. W. Holmes, E. Fitzgerald. W. B. Yeats, J.
+Conrad, H. G. Wells.
+
+_9._ What do you know of the following: “Eothen,” “Erewhon,” “The Hound
+of Heaven,” “Vailima Letters,” “A Shropshire Lad.”
+
+_10._ Compare Dickens and Thackeray as satirists.
+
+
+
+
+COURSE SIX: LIBRARY AND MUSEUM LEGISLATION, ORGANISATION AND EQUIPMENT.
+
+
+TEXT BOOKS REQUIRED.
+
+American Library Association--Manual of library economy. _Reprints.
+Chaps. 1-32, A.L.A.; also Grafton, 1s. 6d. each._
+
+Bostwick (A. E.)--The American Public Library. _3rd edition revised and
+enlarged. Appleton, 1923. 12s. 6d._
+
+Brown (J. D.)--Manual of library economy. _Library Supply, 1907
+edition; 3rd and memorial edition by W. C. B. Sayers. Grafton, 1919.
+30s._
+
+Brown (J. D.) _and others_. Open-access libraries. _Grafton, 1915. 10s.
+6d._
+
+Fovargue (H. W.)--Summary of the law relating to public libraries in
+England and Wales, Scotland and Ireland. _Grafton, 1922. 2s. 6d._
+
+Roebuck (G. E.) _and_ Thorne (W. B.)--A primer of library practice.
+_Grafton, 1914. 5s._
+
+Sanderson (C. R.)--“Library Law.” _Bumpus, 1925. 6s._
+
+
+_Lesson 1._
+
+LIBRARY AND MUSEUM LEGISLATION.
+
+The first part of this section must be carefully studied and I advise
+all students to thoroughly understand Sanderson’s “Library Law.” It
+is essential to possess a detailed knowledge of the English, Scottish
+and Irish Acts of Parliament relating to Public Libraries and Museums.
+The Public Libraries Act, _1919_, the Public Libraries (Scotland)
+Act, _1920_, The Public Libraries (Ireland) Act, _1920_, The Public
+Libraries (Northern Ireland) Act, _1924_ and the Irish Free State Local
+Government Act, _1925_ must be carefully read, and students should keep
+to British legislation until able to say exactly what may be done under
+the Acts and able to give dates and title of the Acts for particular
+powers. Note particularly Irish legislation (Sanderson, _pp. 40-41_).
+In conjunction with Sanderson’s work read the reports issued by the
+Carnegie United Kingdom Trustees. They include the Annual Reports
+from _1914_ to date. Library provision and policy, by W. G. S. Adams,
+_1915_. Proceedings of the Carnegie Rural Library Conference, _1920_.
+Stirling Conference Report: Extension to Burgh and Parish Library
+areas, _1923_. The Public Library System of Great Britain and Ireland
+(_1921-1923_), _1924_, and the County Library Conference, _1924_.
+
+Having obtained a thorough grounding from the above authorities the
+Reading List may now be commenced. For criticism on the _1919_ Act
+consult the _L.A. Vol. 15, 1920-21, pp. 5-7; 118-124; 135-137. L.A.R.
+Vol. 21, 1919, pp. 333-338 (Scotland), and L.W. Vol. 22, 1919-1926, pp.
+330-333._
+
+For county rural libraries Gray’s County library systems, and Macleod’s
+County rural libraries covers all the ground necessary to the student.
+
+
+READING LIST.
+
+Baker--Public libraries under the new Act (_1919_). _Fortnightly
+Review. February, 1921, pp. 321-333._
+
+Boose--Constitution of Colonial public libraries. _L. Vol. 6, 1894, pp.
+391-401._
+
+Brown--Manual of library economy. _1907 edition. Sects. 1-18. 1919
+edition. Sects. 1-18._
+
+Drury--The library and its organization. _Classics of American
+Librarianship. Wilson: New York, 1924, pp. 131-155; 263-339. County
+Libraries, pp. 343-377._
+
+Encyclopædia Britannica.--Articles: _Libraries. Museums._
+
+Fovargue--Summary of law relating to public libraries in England and
+Wales, Scotland and Ireland. _Revised edition, 1922._
+
+Gray--County library systems: their history, organisation and
+administration. _The Coptic Series. Grafton, 1922, pp. 11-125._
+
+Johnston--The Education (Scotland) Act, _1918_ and public library
+development. _L.A.R. Vol. 22, 1920, pp. 92-97._
+
+Macleod--County rural libraries: their policy and organisation.
+_Grafton, 1923, 10s. 6d., pp. 31-76; 88-109._
+
+Macleod--County library law. _L.A.R. Vol. 24, 1922, pp. 309-321._
+
+Minto--Exemption of libraries from rates and taxes. _L. (N.S.). Vol. 3,
+1902, pp. 256-260._
+
+Minto--Public libraries and museums. _L.A.R. Vol. 5, 1903, pp. 261-269._
+
+Roebuck and Thorne--Primer of library practice. _Grafton, 1914, pp.
+11-28; 149-182._
+
+Sanderson--Library law: a text book for the professional examinations
+in library organisation. _Bumpus, 1925. 6s., pp 15-67, 125-147._
+
+Sparke--Nationalisation of public libraries. _In Librarians’ Guide,
+1923, pp. 9-13._
+
+Statutes relating to public libraries and museums, _1798-1898_. _L.A.
+Year Book, 1899-1907._
+
+Stearns--How to organise State Library Commissions. _L.J. Vol. 24,
+1899. Conference Number, Chaps. 16-18, also in Drury’s Library and its
+organisation; pp. 287-292._
+
+Superannuation. _L.A.R. Vol. 21, 1919, pp. 339-342._
+
+Superannuation, by S. Lord. _N.A.L.G.O. Offices, 1922, 14 page
+pamphlet._
+
+Third Interim Report of the Adult Education Committee ... on Libraries
+and Museums.
+
+
+QUESTIONS:
+
+_1._ Mention current acts of legislation, other than Library Acts,
+which have direct bearing on libraries, museums and art galleries.
+
+_2._ Name the places where there is no fixed limit to the rate that may
+be levied for library purposes, and show the effect of this absence of
+limitation.
+
+_3._ Compare the library legislation of South Africa with that of
+Australia.
+
+_4._ What Act authorises the library authority to make bye-laws, and
+for what purpose?
+
+_5._ What are the main provisions of the State Library Laws of the
+United States?
+
+_6._ Write a brief essay (500 words) on County Rural Library Law.
+
+
+_Lesson 2._
+
+COMMITTEE, FINANCE, STAFF.
+
+Possessing a good knowledge of the powers conferred by the Acts the
+student must now pay special attention to the powers and duties of
+Library Committees; committee routine, accounts, and the provisions
+for loans and rates. Take particular care that the permissive and
+compulsory powers are thoroughly understood. Audit, annual budgets
+and financial factors affecting the buildings, books, salaries, etc.,
+of the library services should be carefully considered and definite
+decisions and figures memorised. The qualifications and duties of
+librarians and assistants, and a knowledge of the facilities available
+for the training of assistants, both in England and America is also
+necessary. The statistics of our large public libraries relating to
+finance, etc., as given in the Librarian’s Guide and the Carnegie
+United Kingdom Trustee reports should be compared and studied.
+
+
+READING LIST.
+
+Ballinger--Constitution of public library committees. _L. Vol. 7, 1895,
+pp. 1-9._
+
+Bostwick--The American Public Library. _3rd edition, revised and
+enlarged, 1923, pp. 201-214._
+
+Brown--Manual of library economy. _1907 edition. Sects. 19-103;
+483-484. 1919 edition. Sects. 19-98._
+
+Fegan--Some thoughts on professional training. _L.A.R. Vol. 13, 1911,
+pp. 237-242._
+
+Hetherington--Library statistics. _L.A.R. Vol. 19, 1917, pp. 1-16;
+280-284._
+
+Guppy--The librarian’s equipment. _L.A. Vol. 6, 1903, pp. 66-71._
+
+Law--Committee work. _L.W. Vol. 12, 1909-10, pp. 127-129._
+
+Lucas--On the delegation of powers to library committees. _L.A.R.,
+1904, pp. 388-393._
+
+McCall.--Library finance. _L.A. Vol. 16, 1922, pp. 24-28; 38-40._
+
+Minto--Education and training for librarianship. _L.A. Vol. 17, 1924,
+pp. 236-242._
+
+Neesham--Cash receipts and petty cash. _L.W. Vol. 10, 1907-8, pp.
+248-251._
+
+Neesham--Committee work. _L.W. Vol. 10, 1907-8, pp. 351-353._
+
+Pacy--Borrowing and rating powers under the Public Libraries Acts. _L.
+Vol. 1, 1899, pp. 132-136._
+
+Piper--Technical training in librarianship in England and abroad.
+_L.A.R. Vol. 14, 1912, pp. 332-351._
+
+Prideaux--Professional registration and education. _L.A.R. Vol. 8,
+1906, pp. 1-6._
+
+Robinson--Public finance. _Camb. Univ. Press. 5s._
+
+Roebuck _and_ Thorne--Primer of library practice, _pp. 29-45; 139-148._
+
+Ross--Technical training in librarianship in England and abroad.
+_L.A.R. Vol. 12, 1910, pp, 99-117._
+
+Sanderson--Summary of library law. _pp. 68-117._
+
+Sayers--Past and present professional training. _L.A.R. Vol. 15, 1913,
+pp. 585-596._
+
+Sayers--Library finance. _L.A.R. Vol. 19, 1917, pp. 17-29._
+
+Sparke--Library assistants and the future. _L.A. Vol. 14, 1918, pp.
+184-8._
+
+Wright--Some principles of rural library economy. _L.W. Vol. 23,
+1920-21, pp. 537-540._
+
+
+QUESTIONS.
+
+_1._ What records should a librarian keep so as to be able to show the
+receipts and expenditure under the chief heads? Give suggested rulings.
+
+_2._ Discuss the advantages to be gained by having co-opted members on
+the Libraries Committee.
+
+_3._ What advantages would be likely to follow if all County Councils
+carried out the duties of library authorities?
+
+_4._ Write an imaginary agenda for a public library committee meeting.
+
+_5._ Compare the British system of training for librarianship with that
+of the United States.
+
+_6._ A public library service has an income of £20,000. Tabulate the
+percentage you would devote under the various heads.
+
+
+_Lesson 3._
+
+BUILDINGS AND FITTINGS.
+
+This lesson is intended to enable the student to obtain a thorough
+grasp of the theory and principles of library architecture. The
+class of library required, its scope and size, the amount of money
+available, the environment, experience of the librarian and the method
+of administration intended are all factors that require careful
+consideration when planning a new library building. Great care must
+also be taken in selecting or accepting a site. Full factors in
+the planning of the various departments, together with the correct
+type of fittings and furniture, should be known to all students.
+I advise students to visit as many libraries as possible that are
+organised and administered on the most modern method of library
+science and to compare them. The factors on population in relation to
+buildings, spacing and cubical contents required for planning, and the
+miscellaneous percentages pertaining to the organisation of a library
+service found on pages _165-8_ should be practised and memorised. _The
+Builder_ should be looked through for specifications and competitions
+and these should be compared with those suggested by Champneys,
+Soule, Marks and others. The influence of the “open access” method
+of administration on planning, fittings and furniture must never be
+overlooked.
+
+
+READING LIST.
+
+Adams--Public libraries: their buildings and equipment. _L.A.R. Vol. 7,
+1905, pp. 161-177 and 220-236._
+
+Bostwick--The American Public Library. _3rd edition revised and
+enlarged, 1923, pp. 282-311._
+
+Brown--Manual of library economy. _1907 edition. Sect. 104-169; pp.
+481-2; 485-8. 1919 edition. Sect. 107-173._
+
+Brown _and others_--Open-access libraries. _Grafton, 1915, pp. 11-104._
+
+Burgoyne--Library construction, architecture and fittings, and
+furniture. _The Library Series. Allen, 1906. O.P. Passim._
+
+Burgoyne--Some points in library planning. _Greenwood’s L.Y.B.,
+1900-01, pp. 12-20._
+
+Champneys--Public libraries: a treatise on their design, construction
+and fittings. _Batsford, 1907, 12s. 6d., pp. 1-60; 61-151._
+
+Coulson--Situation of branch libraries. _L.W. Vol. 12, 1909-10, pp.
+201-4._
+
+Greenhough--Ventilation, heating and lighting. _L. Vol. 2, 1890, pp.
+421-433._
+
+Hadley--Library buildings. Notes and plans. _Amer. Lib. Assoc.,
+Chicago. Grafton, 17s. 6d._
+
+Hare--Some suggestions on the planning of public libraries. _L.A.R.
+Vol. 8, 1906, pp. 148-154._
+
+Hart--Heating, lighting and ventilation. _Greenwoods Y.B., 1897, p. 38._
+
+Lowe--The public library building plan. _1924._
+
+MacLeod--County rural libraries, _pp. 120-130_.
+
+Marks--The principles of planning. _Chap. Library planning._
+
+Philip--Lighting, heating and ventilation of libraries. _L.A.R. Vol. 9,
+1907, pp. 225-230._
+
+Sayers--The children’s library. _The English Library, pp. 78-116 and
+Appendix 1._
+
+Soule--How to plan a library building for library work. _Boston, 1912._
+
+Stansbury--Library buildings from a librarian’s standpoint. _P.L.
+November, 1906, p. 495._
+
+Tilton--Scientific library planning. _L.J. September, 1912, p. 497._
+
+Walter--Interior decoration of libraries. _L.A.R. Vol. 10, 1908, pp.
+649-659._
+
+
+QUESTIONS.
+
+_1._ Plan a combined children’s open-access lending library and reading
+room to accommodate _120_ children at a time, with _2_ assistants on
+duty.
+
+_2._ Tabulate the features or essentials you would look for in
+selecting a site for a public library.
+
+_3._ Give a specification of the principal items of furniture required
+for a library estimated to cost £20,000.
+
+_4._ Describe three different varieties of adjustable shelving; state
+which you would like the best and why.
+
+_5._ Name the principal conditions which should govern an architectural
+competition for a Central library building to cost £50,000.
+
+_6._ Write a brief essay on the organisation and equipment of a
+combined reference library and reading room for business men.
+
+
+_Lesson 4._
+
+BOOK-BUYING AND ACCESSION METHODS.
+
+A knowledge of book purchase and accession methods is necessary in
+organising and administering a library service. The sources of supply,
+and the names of the different classes of publishers and booksellers
+should be known to all students. The steps to be taken in purchasing,
+say, 10,000 volumes, and what classes of books to buy second-hand
+should be carefully considered. Get acquainted with the methods of
+treating donations, and the principles governing the replacement of
+withdrawals should be known. Constant revision of stock is necessary in
+all libraries and advantage should be taken of the special opportunity
+which is presented whenever a new catalogue is contemplated. Note the
+difference between “reprints” and “new editions.” The recognised rules
+and principles on what to withdraw or discard should be carefully read.
+
+
+READING LIST.
+
+Aldred--Book selection and rejection. _L.A.R. Vol. 3, 1901, pp.
+143-156._
+
+Baker--Book selection. _L.A.R. Vol. 13, 1911, pp. 17-29._
+
+Baker--Gift horses. _L.A.R. Vol 11, 1909, pp. 422-423._
+
+Bostwick--American Public Library. _3rd edition, pp. 148-161._
+
+Brown--Book selection. _L.W. Vol. 26, 1923-24, pp. 98-104._
+
+Brown--Manual of library economy. _1907 edition. Sects. 215-235;
+489-495. 1919 edition, Sects. 207-229._
+
+Clarke--Scientific text-books, and the disposal of editions
+out-of-date. _L. Vol. 6, 1894, pp. 164-169._
+
+Doubleday--Weeding out. _L.A.R. Vol. 6, 1904, pp. 327-335._
+
+Duncan--Standardization in accession methods. _L.W. Vol. 9, 1906-07,
+pp. 83-87._
+
+Formby--Donations. _L. Vol. 1, 1889, pp. 197-202._
+
+Hooper--Order and accession department. _Preprint of A.L.A. Manual of
+Lib. Economy. Chap. 17, Passim._
+
+Lord--Notes on book-buying for libraries. _L.J. 1907, pp. 3, 56._
+
+Neesham--Accession methods. _L.W. Vol. 8, 1906, pp. 317-320._
+
+Palmer--Relationships of publishers, booksellers and librarians. _L.J.,
+1901. Conference Number, p. 31._
+
+Pitt--Practical accession work. _L.A.R. Vol. 7, 1905, pp. 68-71._
+
+Roebuck _and_ Thorne--Primer of library practice. _pp. 40-50._
+
+Willcock--Recording, replacing and disposal of worn-out books. _L.W.
+Vol. 4. 1901-02, pp. 91-93._
+
+
+QUESTIONS.
+
+_1._ Name twenty-five “quick-reference” books.
+
+_2._ Describe how you would keep up-to-date with new editions in the
+scientific and technical sections.
+
+_3._ Is a stock register best kept on cards or in book form? Give your
+views on this matter.
+
+_4._ What books are periodically discarded in a lending department?
+What steps would you take in purchasing at one time books to the value
+of £2,000?
+
+
+_Lesson 5._
+
+RULES AND REGULATIONS.
+
+The popularity of a public library used to be conditioned by its rules
+and regulations, but during recent years utility has taken the place
+of hard and fast rules. The student should read the rules of early
+libraries, understand their principles and compare them with present
+day rules. The legal aspect of all sides of the library service
+must also be known and what powers are available for enforcement of
+penalties, etc. The number of hours the different departments are open
+to the public, holiday opening, duration of vacation for the staffs,
+age limits to Juvenile and Senior departments, periods of loans, etc.,
+should be known to all assistants who wish to become qualified and
+efficient in their work.
+
+
+READING LIST.
+
+Barnett--Sunday labour in public libraries. _Greenwood’s Year Book,
+1897, pp. 102-106._
+
+Brown--Manual of library economy. _1907 edition, Sects. 353-382;
+506-509. 1919 edition, Sects. 348-375._
+
+Brown--The small library. _The English Library, pp. 139-148._
+
+Brown and others--Open-access libraries, _pp. 179-198_.
+
+Clark--Care of books. _2nd edition. Camb. Univ. Press, 1902. 24s.
+Useful for early rules._
+
+Dana--Library primer. _pp. 122-139._
+
+Edwards--Memoirs of libraries. _2 vols. Early rules._
+
+Fry--Fines and other penalties. _L.W. Vol. 17, 1914-15, pp. 1-8._
+
+Farrow--Rules and regulations for lending libraries. _L.W. Vol. 13,
+1910-11, pp. 36-41._
+
+Greenwood--Sunday opening of public libraries. _In his Year Book, 1894,
+pp. 458-470._
+
+Johnston--The replacement of “infected” books. _L.W. Vol. 4, 1901-02,
+pp. 6-9._
+
+Local Government Board--Draft rules. _L.A.R. Vol. 5, 1903, pp. 28-30._
+
+Mathews--Public library bye-laws and regulations. _L.A.R. Vol. 6, 1904,
+pp. 279-289._
+
+Sanderson--Library law, _pp. 117-122._
+
+Sayers--The children’s library, _pp. 78-100._
+
+Shaw _and others_--Sunday opening of libraries. _L.A.R. Vol. 7, 1905,
+pp. 580-584. Vol. 8, 1906, pp. 79-88._
+
+Willcock--Notification of infectious disease and the public library.
+_L.W. Vol. 2, 1899-1900, pp. 89-91._
+
+
+QUESTIONS.
+
+_1._ What rule or rules would you include in your bye-laws, if you wish
+to obtain exemption from the payment of rates?
+
+_2._ Make a comparison of the early rules in libraries with those of
+to-day.
+
+_3._ State what steps you would take to obtain the return of a book
+long overdue, and what power you have for the enforcement of payment of
+the fines?
+
+_4._ Discuss the pros and cons of Sunday opening of reading rooms.
+
+_5._ If you saw a person cutting an advertisement from a newspaper in
+the reading room, what action would you take?
+
+_6._ Give the dimensions of tables, chairs and newspaper stands or wall
+stands for a general reading room.
+
+
+TEST EXAMINATION.
+
+_1._ Give a brief account of the Public Libraries Act of _1919_. What
+amendments or additions would you suggest in order to improve the
+Municipal Library System of England?
+
+_2._ Outline the legislation of the United States and state how it
+differs from English legislation.
+
+_3._ Assume that a library is free from debt and that the income from
+the rates and other sources amounts to £20,000, state under the usual
+main headings how you would allocate the expenditure.
+
+_4._ A library authority wishes to raise a loan of £50,000 for the
+building of a library. State the Act or Acts it must work under, the
+period for the repayment of the loan, and the general procedure in
+connection with obtaining loans.
+
+_5._ Draw a plan of a library, on one floor, to serve a population of
+100,000 showing what departments you consider essential, and giving the
+area you would allocate to each.
+
+_6._ State what size you would have the book-cases; what gangway space
+between each stack, and your method of dealing with oversize books in a
+large open access library.
+
+_7._ Name the ten best guides to book selection.
+
+_8._ State how you would proceed to select the nucleus stock for a
+library.
+
+_9._ Draft a set of rules for a lending library.
+
+_10._ Draft twelve rules for the juvenile lending library.
+
+_11._ If a person wished to become a borrower, but worked and lived
+outside the library district, under what conditions could you accept
+his application?
+
+
+FACTORS AND NOTES RELATING TO LIBRARY AND MUSEUM LEGISLATION,
+ORGANISATION AND EQUIPMENT.
+
+
+PRINCIPAL ACTS OF PARLIAMENT AFFECTING PUBLIC LIBRARIES.
+
+  _1843_--Scientific Societies Exemption Act.
+  _1855_--Public Libraries (Ireland) Act.
+  _1861_--Malicious Injuries to Property Consolidation and Amendment
+  (England and Ireland) Act.
+  _1875_--Public Health Act.
+  _1877_--Public Libraries Amendment (Ireland) Act.
+  _1885_--Public Libraries (Ireland) Act.
+  _1887_--Public Libraries Consolidation (Scotland) Act.
+  _1887_--Public Libraries Amendment and Consolidation (Scotland) Act.
+  _1891_--Museums and Gymnasiums Act.
+  _1892_--Public Libraries Consolidation and Amendment Act.
+  _1893_--Public Libraries Amendment Act.
+  _1894_--Public Libraries Amendment and Consolidation (Scotland) Act.
+  _1894_--Public Libraries Amendment (Ireland) Act.
+  _1894_--Local Government Act (England and Wales).
+  _1898_--Libraries Offences Act.
+  _1899_--Public Libraries Amendment (Scotland) Act.
+  _1899_--Local Government Act (Metropolitan Boroughs).
+  _1901_--Public Libraries Museums and Gymnasiums Amendment Act.
+  _1902_--Public Libraries Amendment (Ireland) Act.
+  _1911_--Public Libraries (Ireland) Act.
+  _1918_--Education Act.
+  _1919_--Public Libraries Act.
+  _1920_--Public Libraries (Scotland) Act.
+  _1920_--Public Libraries (Ireland) Act.
+  _1920_--Blind Persons Act.
+  _1924_--Public Libraries Act (Northern Ireland).
+  _1925_--Irish Free State Local Government Act.
+
+
+FIRST TOWNS IN GREAT BRITAIN AND IRELAND TO ADOPT THE PUBLIC LIBRARIES
+ACT.
+
+  _1848_--Warrington.
+  _1849_--Salford.
+  _1850_--Brighton, Norwich.
+  _1851_--Winchester.
+  _1852_--Bolton, Liverpool, Manchester, Oxford.
+  _1853_--Airdrie, Cambridge, Ipswich, Sheffield.
+  _1855_--Hertford, Maidstone.
+  _1856_--Birkenhead, Dundalk, Westminster.
+  _1857_--Leamington, Walsall.
+  _1858_--Canterbury.
+
+
+COMMITTEES.
+
+Most of the Committees are composed partly of the members of the local
+Council and partly of co-opted members who are not on the Council,
+the Council generally being represented by _66%_, with the exception
+of Scotland, where Committees are, by law, half and half. The average
+constitution of a committee is _16_ but some range from _6_ to _40_.
+
+
+LOANS.
+
+The Ministry of Health determine the period for which sums of money for
+particular purposes may be borrowed. The periods usually are:--
+
+  For sites or lands _65_ or _50_ years.
+  For buildings (with fixtures), _30_ years.
+  For books, _10_ years.
+  For furniture (movable only), _10_ years.
+
+
+ESTIMATE OF ANNUAL EXPENDITURE FOR BRITISH MUNICIPAL LIBRARIES, WITH
+AND WITHOUT LOANS.
+
+                                  With           Without
+                                  Loans.         Loans.
+  Salaries and Wages               _40_            _45_
+  Books                            _14_            _18_
+      New                     _10_           _12_
+      Old                      _2_            _3_
+      Replacements             _2_            _3_
+  Periodicals and Newspapers        _6_             _6_
+  Binding                           _4_             _5_
+  Buildings                        _12_            _14_
+      Heating                  _4_            _4_
+      Lighting                 _4_            _4_
+      Fittings and Repairs     _2_            _3_
+      Cleaning                 _1_            _2_
+      Insurance                _1_            _1_
+  Establishment                     _6_            _9_
+      Stationery and Printing  _2_            _5_
+      Postages                 _1_            _1_
+      Rates                    _3_            _3_
+  National Insurance                _1_             _1_
+  Loans                            _15_             --
+  Miscellaneous                     _2_             _2_
+                                  ----            ----
+                                  _100_           _100_
+                                  ----            ----
+
+
+STAFF.
+
+The number of librarians and assistants employed in British Municipal
+Libraries is considerably over _4,000_. The percentage of males is
+_55%_. Our largest staffs are in Liverpool and Glasgow libraries (over
+_200_ each) followed by Manchester and Birmingham with over _150_ and
+_100_ respectively. Bradford, Bristol, Cardiff, Leeds, have each over
+_50_ staff, and Bolton, Brighton, Edinburgh, Newcastle-on-Tyne and
+Sheffield have staffs ranging from _30_ to _50_.
+
+
+STAFF HOURS.
+
+The average number of hours worked by the staffs in our larger
+libraries is _42_ weekly.
+
+
+MISCELLANEOUS PERCENTAGES PERTAINING TO THE ORGANIZATION OF A LIBRARY
+SERVICE.
+
+When a town has adopted the Public Libraries Acts it is possible, by
+taking the population as a basis, to form an idea of the requirements
+necessary to meet the demands that will probably be made upon the
+service.
+
+A careful survey of the statistics of over _500_ British Municipal
+Libraries results in the following figures. The total percentage of
+inhabitants who will make use of the Lending Department is _8_%; the
+Reference Department, ¼%; and the Reading Room, _1_¼%.
+
+As an example of the working of these percentages for a town of 100,000
+inhabitants the following results are obtained:--
+
+The Lending Department must cater for _8_% (_8,000_) of the population.
+We can assume that each borrower will read _28_ books per annum. Thus
+we would have an annual issue of _224,000_. If we assume that the
+Department is open _307_ days in the year we would have a daily average
+of _730_. The Library would be open _11_ to _12_ hours daily giving
+us an hourly average of from _60_ to _66_. Experience has proved that
+more borrowers are present at one time in the evenings and if we allow
+_40_% extra to the hourly average attendance we get the number present
+of from _84_ to _92_. By allowing _25_ square feet for each reader,
+the total floor space required would be from _2,100_ to _2,300_ square
+feet; or, an area _55_ feet by _40_ feet would admirably meet these
+requirements.
+
+
+REFERENCE LIBRARY.
+
+¼% (_250_) of the population will use the Reference Department daily.
+Using the above factors we would have an hourly average attendance of
+_20_, and allowing for crowded periods and _25_ square feet for each
+reader we would require an area of _700_ square feet; or, a room _28_
+feet by _25_ feet.
+
+
+READING ROOM.
+
+_1_¼% (_1,250_) of the population will make use of the Reading Room
+daily. Using the given factors we would have to provide accommodation
+for _144_ readers present at one time. Allow _18_ square feet for each
+reader, and we require an area of _2,592_ square feet; or a room about
+_60_ feet by _44_ feet.
+
+
+JUVENILE DEPARTMENT.
+
+About _500_ square feet will be ample accommodation for this Department
+in a town of this size.
+
+
+LECTURE ROOMS.
+
+Attendances vary so much here that it is impossible to secure reliable
+figures. For a popular lecture room in a town of _100,000_ inhabitants
+upwards of _400_ would have to be accommodated, and allowing _7_ square
+feet for each person including platform, gangway, etc., we would
+require an area of _2,800_ square feet; or, a room _40_ feet by _70_
+feet.
+
+
+FURNITURE AND FITTINGS.
+
+The greater part of the fittings and furniture of public libraries are
+made of wood. Oak is the kind most used, but walnut and mahogany are
+very satisfactory for book-cases, tables and card cabinets.
+
+
+BOOK CASES.
+
+The chief requirements of book-shelving are accessibility and
+adjustability. The best material for book-stacks is undoubtedly fumed
+oak. An oak book-stack _10_ feet _10_ inches in length, _1_ foot _4_
+inches in breadth and _6_ feet _10_ inches in height containing shelves
+_3_ feet _6_ inches in length, _7_ inches in width and _1_ inch in
+depth is an ideal stack for an open-access Lending Library. This stack
+fitted with Tonks’ fittings, the metal studs being about ¾ inch apart,
+contains _7_ shelves to the tier. For Lending Library purposes we can
+estimate that nine books will take one foot of shelf space, and each
+of the shelves will carry thirty books, therefore _7_ shelves or one
+tier will accommodate _210_ books, _3_ tiers, or one bay will take
+_630_ books and the complete stack will hold _1,260_ volumes. If we
+take _1,250_ as an average for each stack we can work out any problem
+arising if we know the number of books. For Reference Libraries _8_
+books to the foot is the usual run. The shelves are _9_ inches apart
+and the top shelf _6_ feet from the floor and the bottom shelf _1_ foot
+from the floor.
+
+Iron and steel book-stacks, standard size, for “closed” libraries
+or for books accessible only to the staff are generally _7_ feet
+_6_ inches by _3_ feet _2_ inches, by _15_ inches, which may be
+joined (generally in bays of three) together. Standard reference
+book-stacks are _7_ feet _6_ inches, by _3_ feet _2_ inches, by _18_
+inches. Special cases must be provided for large books. For detailed
+particulars of shelving _see_ Brown’s “Manual of library economy,”
+_1907_ edition, Sections _139-150_, and _1919_ edition, Sections
+_143-158_; Champney’s “Public Libraries,” _pp. 30-39_; Brown _and
+others_--“Open-access Libraries.”
+
+
+READING TABLES.
+
+Reading-room Tables should be made of oak, and for adults they should
+be _2_ feet _6_ inches high, and the breadth, where both sides are
+used by readers should not be less than _3_ feet. Each reader should
+be allowed _2_ feet _6_ inches. Tables should never be longer than _7_
+feet _6_ inches. Where there is sufficient space tables _5_ feet long
+and _3_ feet in breadth are the best. If a sloping top is required a
+_fillet_ should be placed at the bottom to prevent papers slipping off.
+No more than _4_ to _6_ readers should be accommodated at each table.
+
+
+NEWSPAPER READING SLOPES.
+
+A projecting brass rail, upon which readers may rest their arms, should
+always be fixed at the bottom of the slope. About _4_ feet run should
+be allowed for each paper when possible, but _3_ feet _6_ inches will
+do if space is limited. The usual height of wall slopes is _3_ feet,
+from the floor to the bottom of the slope, and _5_ feet from the floor
+to the title plate, which should take the form of movable boards fitted
+into brass brackets and placed at the top of the slope in the centre
+of the newspaper. The bottom of the slope should be _1_ foot _3_
+inches from the wall. There are several kinds of brass screw clips for
+fastening the newspapers to the stands, but revolving holders should be
+used for illustrated papers.
+
+
+READING ROOM CHAIRS.
+
+Arm-chairs are to be preferred to any others. The height of the seat
+should be _1_ foot _4_ inches except for juvenile readers (when the
+height will range from _12_ inches for children _5-9_ years of age,
+with an additional inch for every four years up to _21_ years of age).
+
+
+“OPEN-ACCESS” ENCLOSURE.
+
+The lending library counter in an open-access library should be _3_
+feet high and _2_ feet wide and the minimum area for the enclosure
+should be _8_ feet by _8_ feet for the smaller libraries and a minimum
+of _10_ feet by _10_ feet for libraries registering a daily issue of
+over _1,000_ volumes. For detailed kinds of barriers, latches, etc.,
+see Brown’s “Manual of library economy,” _1907_ edition, Sections
+_128-129_; _1919_ edition, Sections _131-136_; and Brown _and others_
+“Open-access libraries.”
+
+
+MISCELLANEOUS.
+
+Gangways between double reading tables, with movable chairs should be
+at least _6_ feet. Gangways down the sides of centre of a room should
+be _7_ feet. Space between each book, stack in a closed library should
+be a minimum of _4_ feet and in an open-access library a minimum of _6_
+feet.
+
+In planning buildings _18_ to _24_ inches should be allowed for
+external walls, and _6_ to _9_ inches for internal walls.
+
+
+
+
+COURSE 7: LIBRARY ADMINISTRATION.
+
+
+TEXT BOOKS REQUIRED.
+
+American Library Association--Manual of library economy. _Preprints
+Nos. 1-32. A.L.A. Also Grafton. 1s. 6d. each._
+
+Baker (E. A.)--The public library. _O’Connor, 1922. 12s. 6d._
+
+Bostwick (A. E.)--The American public library. _3rd edition. Appleton,
+1923. 12s. 6d._
+
+Brown (J. D.)--Manual of library economy. _3rd edition, revised by W.
+C. B. Sayers. Grafton, 1919, 30s._
+
+Brown (J. D.) and others--Open access libraries. _Grafton 1915. 10s.
+6d._
+
+Dana (J. C.)--Library primer. _1910. Library Bureau. 6s._
+
+Library Economics. _Grafton, 1909. 2s. 6d._
+
+Rae (W. S. C.)--Public library administration. _Routledge, 1913. Also
+Grafton. 3s. 6d._
+
+Roebuck (G. E.) _and_ Thorne (W. B.)--A primer of library practice.
+_Grafton, 1914. 5s._
+
+
+_Lesson 1._
+
+GENERAL POLICY, ADMINISTRATION AND ARRANGEMENT OF CHIEF DEPARTMENTS.
+
+In conjunction with the study of matters appertaining to the
+administration of libraries, the student will find that a policy of
+visiting as many libraries as possible will prove to be of material
+assistance in demonstrating the comparative value of the various
+details of arrangement, equipment, service, etc.
+
+Note carefully the points taken into consideration in planning the
+interior arrangement of the various departments, paying special
+attention to the essential requirements with regard to accommodation.
+(Read carefully the factors on pages _165-168_).
+
+Several matters are to be taken into consideration in deciding the best
+means of providing library facilities, and the functions and methods
+of administering branch libraries, delivery stations, and travelling
+libraries require studious attention.
+
+The provision of newsrooms is sometimes criticised as unnecessary. Go
+fully into the question, considering their purpose, cost, value, etc.
+Their planning and arrangement, as also of magazine rooms, govern in a
+large measure their success, and should be studied.
+
+The passing of the “1919 Act” has resulted in the rapid establishment
+of County Libraries, and introduced new problems in library policy.
+These will become more acute and consequently require increasing
+attention during coming years as the County Library systems develop.
+The loss of efficiency due to lack of co-operation will become
+more accentuated until means for the latter are provided. Various
+suggestions have already been made and these should receive careful
+consideration when making the necessary survey of the whole question.
+
+Many libraries have adopted a policy of centralising certain branches
+of administrative work, such as cataloguing, classification, etc. Give
+full attention to this and consider in what circumstances and to what
+extent this practice can be advantageously adopted.
+
+
+READING LIST.
+
+
+GENERAL.
+
+Aldred--Matters connected with the organisation of libraries. _L.A.R.
+Vol. 18, 1916, pp. 1-20._
+
+Bond--Some features of recent library practice in Great Britain.
+_L.A.R. Vol. 17, 1915, pp. 227-243._
+
+Bostwick--Administration. _Chap. 12. A.L.A. Manual of library economy._
+
+Bostwick--The American Public Library. _Chap. 21, pp. 282-311._
+
+Brown--Manual of library economy. _1919 edition. Chaps. 8-12, pp.
+106-166._
+
+Brown and others--Open access libraries. _Chaps. 2-4, pp. 16-104._
+
+Rae--Public library administration. _pp. 3-40_.
+
+Roebuck and Thorne--Primer of library practice. _pp. 29-66_.
+
+Sandbach--Inter-library lending. _L.A.R. New Series. Vol. 3, 1925, pp.
+230-241._
+
+Sharp--Adult education and the public library. _L.A. Vol. 18, 1925, pp.
+124-127; 159-164._
+
+
+BRANCH LIBRARIES, DELIVERY STATIONS, TRAVELLING LIBRARIES.
+
+Barrett--Branch libraries ... relations with central library. _L.A.R.
+Vol. 6, 1904, pp. 78-84._
+
+Bostwick--The American Public Library. _Chaps. 8 and 18, pp. 114-121;
+243-260._
+
+Brown--Manual of library economy. _1919 edition. Chap, 26, pp. 366-374._
+
+Eastman--Branch libraries. _Chap. 15. A.L.A. Manual of library economy._
+
+Library economics, _pp. 89-91_.
+
+Rae--Public library administration, _pp. 41-48_.
+
+Roebuck _and_ Thorne--Primer of library practice, _pp. 83-85_.
+
+Savage--Delivery stations and town travelling libraries. _L.A.R. Vol.
+6, 1904, pp. 119-127._
+
+
+RURAL LIBRARIES.
+
+Baker--The Public Library, _pp. 134-168_.
+
+Brown--Manual of library economy. _1919 edition. Chap. 35, pp. 477-485._
+
+Gray--County library systems. _Grafton, 1922. 7s. 6d._
+
+Hetherington--Rural libraries. _L.A.R. Vol 18, 1916, pp. 195-211._
+
+Macleod--County rural libraries. _Grafton, 1923. 10s. 6d._
+
+Savage--Possible means of co-operation between burgh and rural
+libraries. _L.A. Vol 16, 1923, pp. 375-385._
+
+Wright--Some principles of rural library economy. _L.W. Vol. 23,
+1920-21, pp. 537-540._
+
+
+NEWSROOMS. MAGAZINE ROOMS.
+
+Baker--The Public Library. _pp. 55-63._
+
+Bolton--The newsroom as a department of the public library. _L.A.R.
+Vol. 12, 1910, pp. 335-343._
+
+Brown--Manual of library economy. _1919 edition. Chap. 31, pp. 424-438._
+
+Ellison--Newspapers and periodicals: methods of display, etc. _L.W.
+Vol. 17, 1914-15, pp. 129-137._
+
+Evans--Reading room methods. _L.W. Vol. 12, 1909-10. pp. 373-378._
+
+Jones--The newsroom. _L.A.R. Vol. 14, 1912, pp. 182-190._
+
+Library economics. _pp. 7, 38, 97-101, 103._
+
+Rae--Public library administration. _pp. 19-33._
+
+Roebuck _and_ Thorne--Primer of library practice. _pp. 73-82._
+
+
+QUESTIONS.
+
+_1._ State what you know of the rural library movement in England. Can
+you give the administrative arrangements of any particular system?
+
+_2._ What consideration would govern your choice between delivery
+stations and branch libraries?
+
+_3._ Describe the principal methods of arranging newspapers and
+periodicals in a reading room. Give titles of 10 daily, 10 weekly, and
+10 monthly newspapers and periodicals which would be your first choice.
+
+_4._ In a library system with a central department and four branches
+would you place any administrative work under central control? Give
+full reasons for your decision.
+
+5. What do you consider to be the chief services a newsroom renders to
+the public? State what you consider to be the main objections to the
+establishment of newsrooms.
+
+
+_Lesson 2._
+
+SPECIAL DEPARTMENTS.
+
+The several departments of which an up-to-date library is composed
+each have their own peculiar problems, all of which are incapable of
+satisfactory solution without special consideration.
+
+Library work with children is growing in extent and importance, and
+librarians of the immediate future may find this branch of their
+many-sided activities requiring their first attention. Note the
+special provision of lectures, story-hours, exhibitions, etc., and the
+special points to be borne in mind during the planning, equipment and
+arrangement of children’s rooms.
+
+The section dealing with children’s libraries in the appended reading
+list will require more time than many students are able to spare.
+In such cases Sayers’s “Children’s Library” should be read first,
+supplemented by the shorter articles.
+
+Consider also the best methods of co-operation between libraries and
+schools.
+
+The adolescent question is one of the constantly recurring problems
+which have exercised the minds of librarians for a number of years.
+With regard to the fact that the adolescent reader requires special
+attention, opinions may be said to be just as unanimous as they are
+divided in deciding the form in which that special attention is to be
+given, hence the necessity for fully considering the suggestions which
+have been made towards a solution.
+
+A special effort should be made to make the local collection as
+complete as possible. Ascertain the best methods of storing and making
+its contents available, and note what should be included in it.
+
+Increased activity is being shown in meeting business and commercial
+requirements. These vary according to locality, but every effort
+should be made to ascertain what has been accomplished in the large
+centres--Bolton, Bristol, Glasgow, Liverpool, Manchester, etc., where
+a special feature has been made of this work. Obtain if possible, the
+handbooks issued by these towns describing their commercial libraries.
+
+In connection with the provision of music in libraries some
+rather novel suggestions have been put forward, _e.g._, the use
+of gramophones, wireless, etc. These proposals should receive
+consideration, and the replies and views expressed while they have been
+under discussion should be noted.
+
+Study the pros and cons of the policy of providing separate Ladies’
+Room and Students’ Rooms, and their respective requirements in
+equipment, arrangement, supervision, etc.
+
+Attention must be given to the necessary procedure in obtaining
+literature for blind readers, noting specially the sources of supply.
+
+
+READING LIST.
+
+
+LENDING DEPARTMENTS (GENERAL).
+
+Baker--The Public Library. _pp. 33-43._
+
+Parker--Procedure in changing from a closed to an open-access library.
+_L.A. Vol. 9, 1912, pp. 63-70._
+
+Rae--Public library administration. _pp 13-18._
+
+Thorne--Problem of the adolescent. _L.A. Vol. 16, 1923, pp. 206-210._
+
+
+CHILDREN’S LIBRARIES (_see also pp. 41-44._)
+
+Baker--The Public Library. _pp. 63-74._
+
+Brown--Manual of library economy. _1919 edition, Chap. 32, pp. 439-456._
+
+Brown _and others_--Open-access libraries. _Chap. 9, pp. 199-208_.
+
+Dallimore--Object lessons to school children in the use of libraries.
+_L.A.R. Vol. 11, 1909, pp. 49-68._
+
+Downey--Teaching the use of the library. _L.J. Vol. 40, 1915, pp.
+637-641._
+
+Ellison--Library work with children. _L. & B. W. Vol. 6, 1915, pp.
+91-95; 114-117._
+
+Gilbert--Talks and readings to children. _L.W. Vol. 21, 1918-19, pp.
+120-124._
+
+Hazeltine--Library work with children. _Wilson, New York, 1917. Also
+Grafton. 7s. 6d._
+
+Jast--Library work with children. _L.A.R. Vol. 21, 1919, pp. 90-102._
+
+Olcott--Library work with children. _A.L.A. Manual. Chap. 29._
+
+Powell--The children’s library. _Wilson, New York, 1917. Also Grafton.
+10s. 6d._
+
+Price--The story-hour in libraries. _P.L. Vol. 12, 1907. pp. 347-9._
+
+Rees---Libraries for children. _Grafton, 1924. 12s. 6d._
+
+Sayers--The children’s library. _English Library. Routledge, 1911. Also
+Grafton. 3s. 0d. O.P._
+
+Sayers--Some notes on story-telling in libraries. _L.W. Vol. 20,
+1917-18, pp. 288-90; 314-316._
+
+
+SCHOOL LIBRARIES.
+
+Alexander--School libraries. _L.A.R. Vol. 24, 1922, pp. 12-19._
+
+Baker--The Public Library. _pp. 122-134._
+
+Brown--Manual of library economy. _1919 edition. Chap. 33, pp. 457-466._
+
+Frayer--Co-operation between public libraries and elementary schools.
+_L.A.R. Vol. 22, 1920, pp. 61-70._
+
+Green--School libraries. _L.A.R. Vol. 12, 1910, pp. 227-241._
+
+McColvin--The relation between the library and the school. _L.W. Vol.
+22, 1919-20, pp. 360-362._
+
+Rae--Public library administration. _pp. 49-53._
+
+Ward--The high-school library. _A.L.A. Manual. Chap. 7._
+
+Wood--Administration of high-school libraries as branches of public
+libraries. _L.J. Vol. 39, 1914, pp. 659-662_.
+
+
+LOCAL COLLECTIONS. SPECIAL COLLECTIONS. (_See also pp. 47-50_).
+
+Brown--Manual of library economy. _1919 edition. Chaps. 28-9, pp.
+399-417._
+
+Collier--Local records in public libraries. _L.A.R. Vol 13, 1911, pp.
+268-275._
+
+Johnston--Special libraries. _Chap. 8. A.L.A. Manual of library
+economy._
+
+Library Economics. _pp. 19-24._
+
+Pollitt--The duty of the public librarian in relation to local
+literature and bibliography. _L.A.R. Vol. 16, 1914, pp. 119-126._
+
+Rae--Public library administration. _pp. 54-56._
+
+Ridley--Special libraries and information bureaux. _L.A.R. (New
+Series). Vol. 3, 1925, pp. 242-255._
+
+Sayers--Local collection problems. _L.W. Vols. 18-19, 1915-17._
+
+
+COMMERCIAL AND TECHNICAL LIBRARIES (_see also pp. 46-47._)
+
+Baker--The Public Library. _pp. 74-91._
+
+Brown--Manual of library economy. _1919 edition. Chap. 30, pp. 418-423._
+
+Jast--The commercial library. _L.A.R. Vol. 19, 1917, pp. 118-124._
+
+Jast--Organisation of British trade: the commercial library.
+_Manchester: Sherratt & Hughes. 2d._
+
+Pitt--Memoranda on commercial libraries. _L.A.R. Vol. 19, 1917, pp.
+175-178._
+
+Reynolds--The technical library in its relation to the educational and
+industrial development. _L.A.R. Vol. 19, 1917, pp. 250-261._
+
+Savage--Technical libraries. _L.A.R. Vol. 21, 1919, pp. 264-270._
+
+The technical library. _L.A.R. Vol. 22, 1920, pp. 121-157._
+
+
+MUSIC DEPARTMENT.
+
+Bostwick---The American Public Library. _Chap. 24, pp. 336-338._
+
+Bostwick--Popularising music through the library. _In his Library
+Essays._ _Wilson: New York, 1920, pp. 325-340._
+
+McColvin--Music in public libraries. _Grafton, 1924. 7s. 6d._
+
+Riddle--Music in public libraries. _L.A.R. Vol. 16, 1914, pp. 1-10._
+
+Smith--Music and gramophones in public libraries. _L.A. Vol. 18, 1925,
+pp. 60-65._
+
+
+LADIES’ ROOMS. STUDENTS’ ROOMS.
+
+Brown--Manual of library economy. _1919 edition._ Section _479, pp.
+437-438_.
+
+Library Economics. _pp. 27-28._
+
+Rae--Public library administration. _pp. 34-40._
+
+Roebuck _and_ Thorne--Primer of library practice. _pp. 82-83._
+
+Willcock--Ladies’ reading rooms. _L.A.R. Vol. 15, 1913, pp. 80-84._
+
+
+BOOKS FOR THE BLIND.
+
+Austin--National Library for the Blind. _L.A.R. Vol. 12, 1910, pp.
+304-312._
+
+Austin--Present ... possibilities of the public library service to the
+blind. _L.A.R. Vol. 13, 1911, pp. 450-460._
+
+Baker--The Public Library. _pp. 91-95._
+
+Bostwick--The American Public Library. _Chap. 33, pp. 324-335._
+
+Brown--Manual of library economy. _1919 edition. Section 197, pp. 181._
+
+Chamberlain--Library work with the blind. _Chap. 30, A.L.A. Manual of
+Library Economy._
+
+Neisser--Report of the A.L.A. Committee on library work with the blind.
+_A.L.A. Bulletin. Vol. 2, 1908, pp. 216-221._
+
+Smith--Books for the blind. _L.A.R. Vol. 22, 1920, pp. 257-259._
+
+
+QUESTIONS.
+
+_1._ Draw a rough plan of a children’s lending library and reading
+room, 30 feet by 25 feet, showing arrangement of bookcases, tables, and
+other necessary furniture.
+
+_2._ Outline what you consider to be the ideal arrangement for dealing
+with adolescent readers.
+
+_3._ What are the respective purposes of a commercial and a technical
+library? Indicate briefly the nature of the essential stock.
+
+_4._ What subjects would you choose in giving eight short talks to
+children? Give the main points you would include in a talk on “How to
+use the library.”
+
+_5._ What do you consider to be the best method of working school
+libraries? Give the main points you would include in instructions to
+school librarians.
+
+_6._ State exactly what you would include in a local collection, and
+your procedure in the formation of one.
+
+
+_Lesson 3._
+
+
+AIDS TO READERS.
+
+If there is any dividing line in the duties of a librarian, it surely
+falls just when a suitable building has been erected and an adequate
+stock, carefully classified and catalogued, has been provided. From
+this point there is a good deal of what, perhaps, may be termed
+propaganda work to be undertaken. The ideal library should be the
+centre of all literary activity within the locality, but before this
+stage is reached advantage must be taken of every possible opportunity
+to reach and enrol those lukewarm citizens who are to be found in every
+locality.
+
+After the necessary attention has been paid to the ground covered in
+this lesson, the student will find enjoyable, and certainly beneficial,
+the task of compiling a list of all methods of popularising and
+increasing the use of a library. If succeeding in contributing some new
+and practicable suggestion, something solid will have been contributed
+to library science.
+
+A thoroughly efficient Reference Department cannot fail to render
+first-class service to any community, but it must be remembered that
+the very nature of reference work renders compulsory a high state of
+efficiency. A comparison of the duties of reference and lending staffs
+will assist one to visualise the special requirements of the department
+more clearly. In surveying the various reference duties, consider the
+advisability of allowing certain books to be taken out on loan, the
+extent to which you would allow access to the stock, the disposition
+of the various classes, and make a special note of the books which
+are essential for the quick-reference section (_see page 72_). Note
+also the means (indexing, etc.) necessary to render all information
+immediately accessible.
+
+Useful work is done in many places by Information Bureaux. Note the
+information these are expected to supply, the preparation necessary to
+equip them for the purpose they serve, and their possible development.
+
+The success of a series of lectures depends chiefly on their proper
+organization. See what arrangements are essential to their success,
+and the best methods of ensuring that the interest created results in
+increased use being made of the library. University Extension and other
+movements, by wise co-operation, can serve the library in this respect.
+
+Study the various points in connection with the formation of Reading
+Circles, and the efforts required in order to guarantee their retention
+as a live factor contributing to the success of the library.
+
+The Central Library for Students renders assistance to libraries. Study
+the nature of this, the conditions and the potentiality of the Library
+as the centre of a more ambitious scheme of a national reservoir
+library for the distribution of certain classes of books.
+
+Consider the utility of the Bulletin, the information it should
+contain, the policy of including advertisements to defray cost, and the
+various points in connection with its production. Several libraries
+issue bulletins (_see page 111_). If possible, obtain copies of these.
+
+Up to the present the usual publicity methods have not been called to
+the service of the library to the same extent in England as in America.
+View the question from all aspects, note what is at present being done
+by various libraries, and consider the numerous suggestions which have
+been made for the expansion of this form of activity.
+
+Note the importance of good shelf and stack guiding as aids to readers.
+(_See pages 84-5 and read the articles given under the names of Coutts,
+Savage and Stewart._)
+
+
+READING LIST.
+
+
+GENERAL.
+
+Fay _and_ Eaton--Instruction in the use of books and libraries. _2nd
+edition, revised. Faxon & Co.: Boston, 1919. Also Grafton. 22s. 6d._
+
+Fearnside--Co-operation between a town library and local societies and
+bodies. _L.A.R. Vol. 20, 1918, pp. 140-149._
+
+Jones--Some aids to readers. _L.W. Vol. 13, 1910-11, pp. 225-233._
+
+Roebuck _and_ Thorne--Primer of library practice. _pp. 87-90._
+
+Spofford--Book for all readers. _3rd edition. Putnam, 1905. O.P. Chap.
+10, pp. 190-214._
+
+Stewart--How to use a library. _Elliot Stock, 1910._
+
+
+REFERENCE WORK.
+
+A.L.A.--Manual of library economy. _Chap. 22._
+
+Baker--The Public Library. _pp. 44-55._
+
+Ballinger--The reference library. _L. Vol. 9, 1908, pp. 353-369._
+
+Bostwick--The American Public Library. _Chap. 5, pp. 63-80._
+
+Brown--Manual of library economy. _1919 edition. Chap. 27, pp. 375-398._
+
+Library Economics. _pp. 12-15; 52-55._
+
+Pitt--Possible co-operation in reference library work. _L.A.R. Vol. 15,
+1913, pp. 408-412._
+
+Powell--The reference library. _L.A.R. (N.S.). Vol. 2, 1924, pp. 77-86._
+
+Rae--Public library administration. _pp. 4-12._
+
+Roebuck _and_ Thorne--Primer of library practice, _pp. 64-66_.
+
+
+INFORMATION BUREAUX.
+
+Brown--Manual of library economy. _1919 edition. Section 421, pp.
+396-7._
+
+Information Bureaux and special libraries. Report of Proceedings of the
+First Conference, _1924_. _Library Association, 1925. 3s. 6d._
+
+Krauss--Information bureaux in public libraries. _L.A.R. Vol. 12, 1910,
+pp. 14-22._
+
+Rae--Public library administration. _pp. 57-62._
+
+Ridley--Special libraries and information bureaux. _L.A.R. (N.S.) Vol.
+3, 1925, pp. 242-255._
+
+Smither--Information bureaux in public libraries. _L.W. Vol. 13,
+1910-1911, pp. 99-106._
+
+
+LECTURES.
+
+Baker--The Public Library. _pp. 100-114._
+
+Ballinger--Lectures and extensions. _L. Vol. 10, 1909, pp. 188-200._
+
+Brown--Manual of library economy. _1919 edition. Sections 526-536, pp.
+467-475._
+
+Curran--The public lecture in relation to public library work. _L.A.R.
+Vol. 13, 1911, pp. 313-321._
+
+Gordon--Library lectures. _L.A.R. Vol. 16, 1914, pp. 316-323._
+
+Haxby--History, organisation, and educational value of municipal
+library lectures. _L.A.R. Vol. 13, 1911, pp. 123-132._
+
+Jast--A note on library readings. _L.A.R. Vol. 18, 1916, pp. 53-62._
+
+Newcombe--Raison d’etre of library lectures. _L.A.R. Vol. 9, 1907, pp.
+231-243; 261-266._
+
+Rae--Public library administration. _pp. 89-95._
+
+
+READING CIRCLES.
+
+Harris--Organization and conduct of reading circles. _L.W. Vol. 17,
+1914-15, pp. 69-72._
+
+Pomfret--Reading circles. _L.W. Vol. 13, 1910-11, pp. 289-294._
+
+Rae--Public library administration. _pp. 96-102._
+
+
+EXHIBITIONS.
+
+Brown--Manual of library economy. _1919 edition. Sections 537-8, pp.
+475-6._
+
+Library Economics. _pp. 32-33._
+
+Piper--Library exhibitions. _L.W. Vol. 12, 1909-10, pp. 275-280._
+
+Rae--Public library administration. _pp. 128-130._
+
+Ward--Publicity for public libraries. _Wilson, New York: 1924. Also
+Grafton. (Chap. 12, pp. 155-202, Displays and exhibits)._
+
+Warner--Holiday literature and picture exhibitions. _L.W. Vol. 12,
+1909-10, pp. 49-54._
+
+Wheeler--The library and the community. _A.L.A., 1924. Also Grafton.
+(Chap. 26, pp. 291-307, Exhibits and displays)._
+
+
+CENTRAL LIBRARY FOR STUDENTS.
+
+Central Library for Students, by A. W. Pollard. _L.A.R. Vol. 19, 1917,
+pp. 372-378._
+
+
+LIBRARY MAGAZINES, BOOK LISTS, etc.
+
+Brown--Manual of library economy. _1919 edition. Section 264, pp.
+251-254._
+
+Rae--Public library administration. _pp. 117-120._
+
+Sayers _and_ Stewart--Library magazines. _L.W. Vols. 7 and 8, 1904-6._
+
+Ward--Publicity for public libraries. _Chap. 9, pp. 91-110._
+
+Wheeler--The library and the community. _Chaps. 22 and 23, pp. 243-267._
+
+
+PUBLICITY.
+
+A.L.A.--Manual of library economy. _Chapter 31._
+
+Briscoe--Library advertising. _Coptic Series. Grafton, 1921. 7s. 6d._
+
+Piper--Library advertising methods. _L.A.R. Vol. 15, 1913, pp. 71-79._
+
+Ward--Publicity for public libraries. _Wilson, New York: 1924. Also
+Grafton._
+
+Wheeler--The library and the community. _A.L.A., 1924. Also Grafton.
+15s._
+
+
+QUESTIONS.
+
+_1._ What steps would you take to ensure that the library obtained
+full publicity and benefit from co-operation in a course of University
+Extension lectures?
+
+_2._ Give a brief account of the National Home Reading Union, and state
+how you would conduct a reading circle.
+
+_3._ In what way can the Central Library for Students assist the public
+library?
+
+_4._ What is an information bureau?
+
+_5._ By what principal means would you advertise a library?
+
+_6._ What steps would you take to keep readers fully acquainted with
+new additions?
+
+
+_Lesson 4._
+
+BOOKBINDING. STATIONERY. PRINTING.
+
+  _Note.--Bookbinding is dealt with in Course I, Lesson 7 on pp. 16-18,
+  which should be treated as part of the present lesson._
+
+All assistants should be thoroughly familiar, not merely with the
+various forms used in their own library, but with the several
+variations which are used in others. Study methods of storing
+stationery, recording supplies, and note the means of checking supplies
+in stock in order to avoid the irritating experience of finding some
+particular item out of stock when most urgently required.
+
+The necessary procedure, agreements, and arrangements in dealing with
+the printer, and the checking of proof, should be noted.
+
+
+READING LIST.
+
+
+PRINTING.
+
+Brown--Manual of library economy. _1919 edition. Sections 265-266, pp.
+254-257._
+
+Proof reading marks and signs. _L.W. Vol. 13, 1910-11, pp. 308-09._
+
+Walter--Library printing. _Chap. 32, A.L.A. Manual of library economy._
+
+Ward--Publicity for public libraries. _Chap. 16, pp. 271-298. Library
+printing and printing economies._
+
+Wheeler--The library and the community. _Chap. 21, pp. 223-242. Layout
+and typography of printed matter._
+
+
+STATIONERY.
+
+Brown--Manual of library economy. _1919 edition. Sections 322-327, pp.
+296-301._
+
+Jast--Classification of office papers. (Originally published in Brown’s
+Subject Classification).
+
+Madeley--Classification of office papers. _L.A.R. Vol. 6, 1904, pp.
+367-387._
+
+
+QUESTIONS.
+
+_1._ Outline in full the method you would adopt in dealing with
+stationery supplies, giving ruling of any record you would use.
+
+_2._ Give as many proof correction marks, with explanations, as you can.
+
+
+_Lesson 5._
+
+ROUTINE AND CORRESPONDENCE DETAILS.
+
+Assistants are reminded that no matter how wisely the general policy
+and administration of a library may be directed, no small measure of
+its ultimate success is dependent on a scrupulous regard for accuracy
+in the discharge of the many and varied details which make up the daily
+routine. The various library duties are so co-ordinated that it is
+almost impossible to make mistakes singly, and the slightest inaccuracy
+or inattention to minor details will reduce the efficiency of a
+library’s service.
+
+Everything appertaining to staff routine, accession methods,
+replacements, revision of stock, discarding, registration of borrowers,
+checks on work and readers, charging and filing methods, accounting,
+statistics, etc., can be done in different ways, but only work based on
+a careful study and comparison of the various methods can achieve real
+success.
+
+
+READING LIST.
+
+ACCESSION METHODS.
+
+Brown--Manual of library economy. _1919 edition. Chap. 14, pp. 189-205._
+
+Collier--A rational accession method. _L. & B.W. Vol. 9, 1908, pp. 1-8._
+
+Hopper--Order and accession department. _Chap. 17, A.L.A. Manual of
+library economy._
+
+Jast--Accessions: the checking processes. _L. Vol. 1, 1899, pp.
+152-163._
+
+Library Economics. _pp. 8-10._
+
+Roebuck _and_ Thorne--Primer of library practice. _pp. 46-50._
+
+
+CHECKS ON WORK. TIME SHEETS.
+
+Brown--Manual of library economy. _1919 edition. Sections 89-90, pp.
+90-92._
+
+Library Economics. _pp. 80-83._
+
+McGill--A form of work-sheet. _L.W. Vol. 13, 1910-11, pp. 204-206._
+
+
+REGISTRATION OF BORROWERS.
+
+Brown--Manual of library economy. _1919 edition. Chap. 24, pp. 341-349._
+
+Library Economics. _pp. 87-89._
+
+Neesham--Registration of borrowers. _L.W. Vol. 12, 1909-10, pp.
+341-343._
+
+Rae--Public library administration. _pp. 78-88._
+
+Roebuck _and_ Thorne--Primer of library practice. _pp. 50-53._
+
+
+ISSUE METHODS.
+
+Brown--Manual of library economy. _1919 edition. Chap. 25, pp. 350-365_.
+
+Brown _and others_--Open access libraries. _Chap. 7, pp. 155-178._
+
+Library Economics. _pp. 1-5; 57-63; 10-12._
+
+Pollitt--Principles of book charging. _L.W. Vol. 15, 1912-13, pp.
+340-343._
+
+Rae--Public library administration. _pp. 63-77._
+
+Roebuck _and_ Thorne--Primer of library practice. _pp. 54-58; 65-66._
+
+
+STORING. MAPS. PRINTS. PAMPHLETS. PHOTOGRAPHIC SURVEYS, ETC.
+
+A.L.A.--Manual of library economy. _Chap. 25._
+
+Brown--Manual of library economy. _1919 edition. Sects. 300-313., pp.
+414-5; 429-442._
+
+Goss--Methods of ... preserving prints. _L.A.R. Vol. 17, 1915, pp.
+349-362._
+
+Jast--The treatment of pamphlets. _L.W. Vol. 4, 1901-2, pp. 60-63._
+
+Sparke--Newspaper rack for bound volumes. _L.W. Vol. 3, 1900-01, pp.
+127-128._
+
+Spofford--Book for all readers. _Chap. 7, pp. 145-156._
+
+Warner--Photographic surveys in connection with public libraries. _L.A.
+Vol. 6, 1909, pp. 240-245._
+
+Woodbine--Modern methods of book storage. _L.A.R. Vol. 12, 1910, pp.
+446-454._
+
+
+STATISTICS. ANNUAL REPORT.
+
+Bostwick--The American Public Library. _Chap. 20, pp. 266-281._
+
+Brown--Manual of library economy. _Chap. 4, pp. 60-70._
+
+Hetherington--Library statistics. _L.A.R. Vol. 19, 1917, pp. 1-16._
+
+Minto--Public library statistics. _L. New Series. Vol. 2, 1900, p. 164._
+
+Willcock--What should an annual report contain? _L.A.R. Vol. 8, 1906,
+pp. 363-371; 392-397._
+
+
+MISCELLANEOUS ADMINISTRATIVE DETAILS.
+
+Coutts--Overdue books and the treatment of defaulters. _L.W. Vol. 14,
+1911-12, pp. 241-246._
+
+Dixon--the bespoken file. _L.W. Vol. 15, 1912-13, pp. 316-7._
+
+Fry--Fines and other penalties. _L.W. Vol. 17, 1914-15, pp. 1-8._
+
+Hatcher--Stocktaking methods. _L.A. Vol. 5, 1904, pp. 43-46._
+
+Library Economics. Reserved Books, _p. 92_.
+
+
+QUESTIONS.
+
+_1._ Draw up a weekly time and work sheet for a library containing
+lending, reference, and juvenile departments, open _9-30_ a.m. to _8-0_
+p.m. each week day. The staff consists of five senior and ten junior
+assistants, working forty-two hours per week.
+
+_2._ State what information you would include in an annual report.
+
+_3._ Give the ruling of (_a_) accession book (_b_) overdue book (_c_)
+cash receipt book (_d_) donation book.
+
+_4._ Mention the various methods of indicating ownership of books,
+stating which you prefer for reference and lending library books,
+newspapers, and periodicals.
+
+_5._ Give in their correct order the various processes through which a
+book has passed from entering the library to the time it is issued to a
+reader.
+
+_6._ By what means would you ascertain the number of books consulted in
+(_a_) an open access and (_b_) a closed reference department?
+
+
+TEST EXAMINATION.
+
+_1._ Describe what you consider to be the best means of advertising a
+library.
+
+_2._ Assume that legal proceedings are about to be taken for the
+recovery of a book. By what steps has the case reached this stage? Give
+wording of the necessary correspondence in connection with the case.
+
+_3._ Show, by a rough plan, how you would arrange the bookcases,
+barriers, and necessary furniture and fittings for an open-access
+library 50 feet by 40 feet, not top-lighted.
+
+_4._ Discuss the policy of providing special reading rooms for ladies.
+
+_5._ State how the public library can most usefully collaborate with
+the Education Committee in relation to continuation schools.
+
+_6._ Describe what aids you would provide in a closely classified
+lending library to indicate the exact location of a book, and give what
+you consider to be the best method of dealing with “oversize” books.
+
+_7._ Give the approximate initial cost of establishing a home bindery,
+stating what requisites you would provide. What advantages would be
+gained by having such a department?
+
+_8._ Discuss the policy of allowing children free access to the whole
+of the stock in their department.
+
+_9._ Name twenty works which you consider essential to the success of a
+quick-reference section.
+
+_10._ Outline the duties of an assistant in a (_a_) children’s library
+(_b_) lending library (_c_) information desk.
+
+_11._ Give a list of ten newspapers and six general, six trade, six
+political, and six ladies’ periodicals you would recommend for a
+general reading room. State what you consider to be the best means of
+displaying them, and outline fully the instructions you would give with
+regard to filing the periodicals you select.
+
+_12._ Discuss the value of statistics in estimating the work done by a
+public library.
+
+
+
+
+COURSE 8: HISTORY OF LIBRARIES.
+
+
+There are not wanting those who claim as the first and greatest of
+all libraries that vast and glorious “stone book of nature.” It was
+by observing the ability of hard substances to leave their impress on
+those of a softer nature--the means by which this great stone-book
+was written--that man acquired the art of writing, of recording his
+opinions and the various incidents of his life and the lives of those
+around him. In the earliest stages of his progress in this art this
+was done on the walls of his rough habitations, but later man adopted
+a more permanent and convenient form on bark, leaves, skin, tablets of
+clay and like substances.
+
+It was for the preservation of these that “houses of the records”
+came to be established throughout the countries of the ancient
+peoples, sometimes as parts of their temples and sometimes as distinct
+buildings, and it is from these that our modern libraries have evolved.
+
+As a study, the history of libraries only appeals to a small portion
+of the library profession, therefore, I am not giving special reading
+lists, but simply a brief outline of the requirements necessary, a
+select bibliography of the more important works, and the questions
+one would expect a student to be able to answer should he present
+himself for examination. For a general idea of primitive libraries
+Edward Clodd’s “Story of the alphabet” _Library of Useful Stories_,
+Richardson’s “Beginnings of libraries,” _1914_, and Rawlings’ “Story of
+books,” _1912_ should be read as an introduction to the subject.
+
+
+REQUIREMENTS.
+
+Origin, varieties and history of libraries in general. The ancient
+libraries of Assyria, Babylonia, Chaldea, Egypt, Persia, Greece and
+Rome. Mediæval libraries and their modern successors--Monastic, Royal
+and University libraries. Private libraries should also be known, and
+students must become familiar with the lives of eminent book-collectors
+from the earliest times to the present day. Such names as the
+following should be noted: Benedict; Richard de Bury; Nicholas V.;
+the Medici Family; Jean Grolier; Sir Thomas Bodley; Gabriel Naudé;
+Jules Mazarin; Robert Harley; Sir Hans Sloane; J. A. Zaluski; Duke of
+Roxburghe; Lord Spencer; Lord Crawford; P. Morgan; H. E. Widener.
+
+The principal British libraries are:--
+
+  British Museum, London (including the departments at South
+  Kensington); Bodleian Library, Oxford; University Library, Cambridge;
+  John Rylands Library, Manchester; Chetham Library, Manchester; London
+  Library; Guildhall Library, London; Sion College, London; Lambeth
+  Palace, London; Trinity College, Dublin; National Library of Ireland;
+  National Library of Scotland, _formerly_ The Advocate’s Library,
+  Edinburgh; University Libraries of Aberdeen, St. Andrews, Edinburgh
+  and Glasgow; Signet Library, Edinburgh; National Library of Wales,
+  Aberystwyth.
+
+The principal American libraries are:--
+
+  Boston Public Library; Chicago Public Library; Harvard University;
+  John Crerar Library, Chicago; Newberry Library, Chicago; Yale
+  University Library, New Haven; New York Public Library; Columbia
+  University, New York; New York State Library, Albany; Public Library,
+  Pittsburg, Philadelphia University; Library of Congress, Washington;
+  University Library, Chicago; Cornell University, Ithaca.
+
+The principal European libraries are:--
+
+_Austria._--Royal Library, Vienna; University Library, Vienna.
+
+_Belgium._--Royal Library, Brussels; University Library, Ghent.
+
+_Denmark._--Royal Library, Copenhagen.
+
+_France._--Arsenal Library, Paris; Bibliotheque Nationale, Paris;
+St. Geneviéve, Paris; University Library (Sorbonne), Paris; Mazarin
+Library, Paris.
+
+_Germany._--Royal Library, Berlin; Ducal Library, Darmstadt; Royal
+Library, Dresden; University Library, Gottingen; University Library,
+Heidelberg; University Library, Leipzig; Royal Library, Munich;
+University Library, Munich; University Library, Strassburg; Royal
+Library, Stuttgart; City Library, Hamburg.
+
+_Greece._--University Libraries, Athens.
+
+_Holland._--Royal Library, Hague; University Libraries, Leyden and
+Utrecht; Municipal University, Amsterdam.
+
+_Hungary._--Hungarian National Museum, Buda-Pest.
+
+_Italy._--National Library, Florence; Mediceo-Laurenzian Library,
+Florence; Vatican Library, Rome; Victor Emmanuel Library, Rome; Marcian
+Library, Venice; Ambrosian Library, Milan; National Library, Naples;
+University Library, Bologna; National Library, Turin.
+
+_Norway._--University Library, Oslo.
+
+_Portugal._--National Library, Lisbon.
+
+_Russia._--Imperial Library, Leningrad; University Library, Moscow.
+
+_Spain._--Royal Library, Escorial; National Library, Madrid.
+
+_Sweden._--Royal Library, Stockholm; University Library, Upsala.
+
+_Switzerland._--Cantonal and State Library, Zurich.
+
+
+SELECT BIBLIOGRAPHY.
+
+Americana--Article _Libraries_.
+
+Axon--Ancient and modern libraries. _In British Almanac Companion,
+1876, pp. 103-122._
+
+Blades--On chained libraries. _L. Vol. 1, 1889, pp. 411-416._
+
+Boyd--Public libraries and literary culture in ancient Rome. _1915._
+
+Clark--The care of books: an essay on the development of libraries and
+their fittings, from the earliest times to the end of the eighteenth
+century. _C.U.P._, _1901_.
+
+Clark--Libraries in the Mediæval and Renaissance Periods. _1894._
+
+Clarke--Repertorium bibliographicum; or some account of the most
+celebrated British libraries. _2 vols. Clarke._
+
+Cowper--Notices of ancient libraries. _Notes and Queries, 1855. Vol. 2,
+pp. 258, 337, 361, 493, 512._
+
+Dechelette--Manuel d’archéologie prehistorique Celtique et
+Galto-Romaine. _Vol. 1. Paris, 1908._
+
+Edwards--Memoirs of libraries: including a handbook of library economy.
+_2 vols. Trubner, 1859._
+
+  _Contents_:--_Vol. 1, Book 1._--Libraries of the Ancients, _p.
+  3-82_. _Book 2._--Libraries of the Middle Ages, _pp. 83-415_. _Book
+  3._--Modern libraries of Great Britain and Ireland, _pp. 416-820_.
+  _Vol. 2, Book 3 (cont.)_--Modern libraries of Great Britain and
+  Ireland, _pp. 3-162_. _Book 4._--Libraries of the United States of
+  America, _pp. 163-242_. Book 5.--Modern libraries of Continental
+  Europe, _pp. 243-568_.
+
+Encyclopædia Britannica, _last two editions_.--Articles _Libraries_.
+
+Fay _and_ Eaton--Instruction in the use of books and libraries. _Chap.
+12, pp. 163-178._
+
+Graesel--Handbuch der Bibliothekslehre. _Weber: Leipzic, 1902._
+
+Greenwood--Free public libraries: their organisation, uses and
+management. _1886._
+
+Greenwood--Public libraries: a history of the movement and a manual
+for the organisation and management of rate-supported libraries. _4th
+edition, 1894._
+
+Horne--Introduction to the study of bibliography. _2 vols. Cadell and
+Davies, 1814._
+
+  _Vol. 1._--Memoir of the public libraries of the ancients, _pp. 1-25
+  and part 1, pp. 30-143_.
+
+Kirkwood--Proposals made in _1699_ to found public libraries in
+Scotland. _1889._
+
+Koch--Portfolio of Carnegie Libraries.
+
+Libraries, Public--Return showing the names of all places in England,
+in Scotland, and in Ireland, in which the Public Libraries Acts have
+been adopted prior to the end of the last financial year, etc. _1912._
+
+Morgan--Monastic libraries. _L.A.R. Vol. 6, 1904, pp. 290-297._
+
+New International Encyclopedia--Article _Libraries_.
+
+Ogle--The free library: its history and present condition. _The Library
+Series, 1897._
+
+Phillips--The monastic libraries of Wales. _1913._
+
+Prideaux--Library economy in the _16_th century. _L.A.R. Vol. 10, 1909,
+pp. 152-174._
+
+Rau--Did Omar destroy the library of Alexandria. _Nineteenth Century,
+1894, pp. 555-571._
+
+Rawlings--Story of books. _Useful Knowledge Series. Hodder & Stoughton,
+1912, pp. 9-70._
+
+Richardson--The beginnings of libraries. _1914._
+
+Richardson--Biblical libraries: a sketch of library history from B.C.
+_3400_ to A.D. _150_. _Princeton Univ. Press. Milford, 1915. 5s. 6d._
+
+Rye--The libraries of London: a guide for students. _1908._
+
+Sandys--A history of classical scholarship, from the _6_th century B.C.
+to the end of the Middle Ages. _3 vols., 1906-08._
+
+Savage--Old English Libraries, the making, collection and use of books
+during the Middle Ages. _The Antiquary’s Library. Methuen, 1911._
+
+Savage--The story of libraries and book-collectors. _The English
+Library. Routledge, 1908._
+
+Smith--Babylonian and Assyrian libraries. _North British Review, 1870,
+pp. 305-324._
+
+Spofford--The history of libraries. _In his “A book for all readers.”
+Putnam, 1905, Chap. 15, pp. 287-320._
+
+Teggart--Contribution towards a bibliography of ancient libraries,
+_1899_. _Also in L.J. Vol. 24, p. 5._
+
+Universal Cyclopædia.--Article _Libraries_.
+
+Wheatley--Assyrian Libraries. _L.A.T. 1880, pp: 87-90._
+
+Williams _and_ Meredith, _editors_.--The Librarians’ Guide. _Annually
+from 1923._
+
+Wynkoop--Commissions, state aid and state agencies. (_A.L.A. Manual of
+library economy. Chap. 27_).
+
+
+BOOK COLLECTORS:--
+
+Elton--Great book collectors. _1893._
+
+Edwards--Free town libraries. _Book-collectors, pp. 224 to end._
+
+Fletcher---English book collectors. _1902._
+
+Savage--The story of libraries and book collectors. _1909, pp. 211-220._
+
+Stephen--One hundred book collectors. _L.W. Vol. 10, 1907, pp. 194.
+Also in Library Economics; pp. 63-80._
+
+
+SPECIAL LIBRARIES.
+
+_Note._--Cannons’ “Bibliography of library economy” [_1876-1923_]; the
+“Story of the Nations” and “Countries and Peoples” series, should be
+consulted for each country.
+
+
+GREAT BRITAIN AND IRELAND.
+
+_Bodleian Library, Oxford._
+
+Bodleian Library Tercentenary. _L.W. Vol. 5, 1902, pp. 113-119._
+
+Bolton--History of the Bodleian library. _L.W. Vol. 12, 1909-10, pp.
+241-246._
+
+Clark--A Bodleian guide for visitors. _1906._
+
+Cowley--Recent history of the Bodleian library. _L.A.R. Vol. 23, 1921,
+pp. 316-325._
+
+Machray--Annals of the Bodleian library, _1598-1867_. _1868._
+
+
+_British Museum, London._
+
+Cowtan--Memories of the British Museum. _1872._
+
+Edwards--Lives of the founders of the British Museum: with notices of
+its chief augmentors and other benefactors, _1570-1870_. _2 Vols. 1870._
+
+Greenwood--Public libraries, _1894, pp. 493-501_.
+
+Rawlings--British Museum Library. _1916._
+
+Shelley--The British Museum: its history and treasures. _Pitman, 1911._
+
+
+_Cambridge University Library._
+
+Aldis--Organization and methods of the Cambridge University Library.
+_L.A.R. Vol. 7, 1905, pp. 625-636._
+
+Huck--University Library, Cambridge. _L.W. Vol. 13, 1910-11, pp.
+257-266._
+
+Protheroe--A memoir of Henry Bradshaw. _1888._
+
+
+_Chetham Library, Manchester._
+
+Nicholson--The Chetham Hospital and Library. _1910._
+
+
+_John Rylands Library, Manchester._
+
+John Rylands Library, Manchester: a brief historical description of
+the library and its contents, illustrated with thirty-seven views and
+facsimiles. _1914. John Rylands Library, 6d._
+
+John Rylands Library. _L.A.R. Vol. 1, 1899. pp. 564-571; 679-688._
+
+Lyell--John Rylands Library. _L.W. Vol. 19, 1916-17, pp. 312-314._
+
+
+_London Library._
+
+Purnell--The London Library. _L.A.R. Vol. 23, 1921, pp. 102-112._
+
+
+_London University Library._
+
+Baker--The library of the University of London. _L.A.R. Vol. 16, 1904,
+pp. 28-38._
+
+Chambers--Library of the University College of London. _L.A.R. Vol 11,
+1909, pp. 350-358; 361-363._
+
+
+_Marsh’s Library, Dublin._
+
+White--An account of Marsh’s library. _L.A.R. Vol. 1, 1899, pp.
+132-145._
+
+
+_National Library of Ireland._
+
+Vine--National Library of Ireland. _L.A.R. Vol 4, 1902, pp. 95-109._
+
+
+_National Library of Wales._
+
+The National Library of Wales. _L.W. Vol 14, 1911-12, pp. 79-82._
+
+The National Library of Wales. _L.A.R. Vol. 13, 1911, pp. 211-215;
+276-284._
+
+
+_Sion College Library, London._
+
+Pearce--Sion College and Library. _1913._
+
+
+FRANCE.
+
+Mortet--The public libraries of France, national, communal and
+university. _L.A.R. Vol 3, (N.S.), 1925, pp. 145-159._
+
+Turnbull--The libraries of France. _L.W. Vol 12, 1909-10, pp. 125-127._
+
+_Bibliotheque Nationale._
+
+The National Library of France. _L. Vol 4, 1892 pp. 277-287._
+
+ITALY. _Vatican Library._
+
+Sayle--The Vatican Library. _L. Vol 6, 1894, pp. 327-343._
+
+SPAIN. _Escorial Library._
+
+Lyell--The Escorial and its library. _L.W. Vol. 24, 1921-22, pp. 81-84._
+
+
+UNITED STATES.
+
+Bolton--American library history. _A.L.A. Manual of library economy.
+Chap. 1._
+
+Bolton--Proprietary libraries. _A.L.A. Manual of library economy. Chap.
+5._
+
+Fletcher--Public libraries in America. _English Bookman’s Library,
+1902._
+
+Flint--Statistics of public libraries in the United States, _1893_.
+
+Green--The public library movement in the United States, _1853-1893_;
+from _1876_, reminiscences of the writer. _Useful Reference Series, No.
+8._
+
+
+_Library of Congress._
+
+Bishop--Library of Congress. _A.L.A. Manual of library economy. Chap.
+2._
+
+Johnston--History of the Library of Congress. _1904. Vol. I. 1800-1864._
+
+Library of Congress and its work. _21 pp. Library of Congress._
+
+
+QUESTIONS.
+
+_1._ Write a brief account of the origin of the British Museum, and
+describe three of the notable collections of books or manuscripts which
+it contains.
+
+_2._ Where were public libraries usually situated in ancient Rome, and
+what was the nature of the books kept in them?
+
+_3._ Give an account of the library of the Abbey of Monte Cassino and
+of the rule of St. Benedict so far as it relates to the use of books.
+
+_4._ Describe the various forms and kinds of books preserved in the
+ancient libraries before the invention of printing.
+
+_5._ What do you know of the method of chaining books in libraries?
+State where chained books may still be seen.
+
+_6._ Give a short account of the lives of two of the following: Andrew
+Carnegie; Edward Edwards; Henry Bradshaw; James Duff Brown; H. E.
+Widener.
+
+_7._ Describe the physical properties of early forms of books, and
+their method of storage.
+
+_8._ Name some monastic libraries that existed in England, and briefly
+describe four of them.
+
+_9._ Give a brief historical sketch of four of the following
+libraries:--British Museum; Library of Congress; Bibliotheque
+Nationale, Paris; Vatican Library; Escorial Library; Royal Library,
+Copenhagen; John Rylands Library; National Library of Wales; National
+Library of Scotland; Trinity College, Dublin.
+
+_10._ State briefly what you know of the following:--Richard de
+Bury; T. F. Dibdin; Henry Bradshaw; Matthias Corvinus; Petrarch;
+Assurbanipal; Sixtus IV.; Dr. Bray; Henry Huth; J. A. Zaluski; Lord
+Amhurst of Hackney; C. A. Cutter.
+
+[Illustration: HOPKINS & SONS, “CENTRAL PRESS,” BOLTON.]
+
+
+
+
+Corrections
+
+The first line indicates the original, the second the correction.
+
+The word “libaries” was converted to “libraries” throughout the book.
+
+p. xii
+
+  Cloth. pp. 154. Chicago: Amercian Library Association.
+  Cloth. pp. 154. Chicago: American Library Association.
+
+p. 25
+
+  Crown Octovo
+  Crown Octavo
+
+p. 28
+
+  jusqu’a la fin du seiziéme siécle
+  jusqu’à la fin du seizième siècle
+
+  en langue francaise
+  en langue française
+
+  La minature Francaise
+  La miniature Française
+
+p. 32
+
+  English Cataogue of books
+  English Catalogue of books
+
+p. 46
+
+  lending departmant
+  lending department
+
+p. 52
+
+  Bibliographie der socialismus und cummunismus
+  Bibliographie der Sozialismus und Kommunismus
+
+p. 61
+
+  Describe briefly not nore
+  Describe briefly not more
+
+p. 62
+
+  Committee of the Bibliograhpical
+  Committee of the Bibliographical
+
+p. 74
+
+  Arcticles very brief
+  Articles very brief
+
+p. 108
+
+  These may be had at a triflng cost
+  These may be had at a trifling cost
+
+p. 113
+
+  carry out the work in accorddance
+  carry out the work in accordance
+
+p. 120
+
+  Manley (J. M.) _and_ Rickert (E.)--Contemporary British literature:
+  bibliographies and study outlines. _1923._
+
+  Manly (J. M.) _and_ Rickett (E.)--Contemporary British literature:
+  bibliographies and study outlines. _1923._
+
+p. 135
+
+  outbreak of of the French Revolution
+  outbreak of the French Revolution
+
+p. 143
+
+  The Brontes.
+  The Brontës.
+
+p. 146
+
+  The Pre-Raphaelities
+  The Pre-Raphaelites
+
+p. 162
+
+The numbers 7 and 8 were in reverse order in the original.
+
+p. 172
+
+  Newrooms. Magazine Rooms.
+  Newsrooms. Magazine Rooms.
+
+p. 191
+
+  formerly The Advocate’s Library, Ebinburgh;
+  formerly The Advocate’s Library, Edinburgh;
+
+  Belgium.--Royal Library, Brussells
+  Belgium.--Royal Library, Brussels
+
+*** END OF THE PROJECT GUTENBERG EBOOK 77611 ***